Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Svetlin G. Georgiev
Mathematics for Biologists
Mathematics for Biologists
By Svetlin G. Georgiev
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
All rights for this book reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner.
Rn and Cn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.1 Definition for a Complex Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.4 The Notation F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.5 Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.6 Fn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.7 Advanced Practical Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
v
vi Contents
Iso-Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.1 Definitions of Iso-Functions of the First, Second, Third, Fourth
and Fifth Kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
7.2 Iso-Bijection, Iso-Injection and Iso-Surjection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
7.3 Operations with Iso-Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
7.4 Composition of Iso-Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
7.5 Bounded and Unbounded Iso-Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
7.6 Even and Odd Iso-Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
7.7 Periodic Iso-Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
7.8 Monotonic Iso-Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
7.9 Advanced Practical Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Preface to the Instructor
This book starts at the beginning of the subject, with no prerequisites other than
the usual demand for suitable mathematical maturity. Even if your students have
already seen some of the material in the first few chapters, they may be unaccus-
tomed to working exercises of the type presented here, most of which require an
understanding of proofs.
Here is a chapter-by-chapter summary of the highlights of the book:
• Chapter 1: In this chapter the set theory is introduced and the basic operations
with sets are developed.
• Chapter 2: In this chapter are defined complex numbers and their basic algebraic
properties are deduced.
• Chapter 3: Vector spaces are defined in this chapter, and their basic properties are
developed.
• Chapter 4: Linear independence, span, basis, and dimension are defined in this
chapter, which presents the basic theory of finite-dimensional vector spaces.
• Chapter 5: Linear maps are introduced in this chapter. The key result here is the
Fundamental Theorem of Linear Maps.
• Chapter 6: Iso-numbers and basic operations with iso-numbers are defined in this
chapter .
• Chapter 7: Iso-functions of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth kind are de-
fined and some of their properties are investigated.
This book usually develops mathematics simultaneously for real and complex
vector spaces by letting F denote either the real or the complex numbers. I prefer
avoiding arbitrary fields at this level because they introduce extra abstraction with-
out leading to any new mathematics. Also, students are more comfortable thinking
of polynomials as functions instead of the more formal objects needed for polyno-
mials with coefficients in finite fields.
A goal more important than teaching any particular theorem is to develop in
students the ability to understand and manipulate the objects of mathematics. Math-
ematics can be learned only by doing. Fortunately, mathematics has many good
homework exercises. When teaching this course, during each class I usually assign
vii
viii Contents
as homework several of the exercises, due the next class. Going over the homework
might take up a third or even half of a typical class.
Your suggestions, comments, and corrections are most welcome.
Best wishes for teaching a successful mathematics class!
As you begin, you may feel anxious about the number of theorems, definitions,
procedures, and equations. You may wonder if you can learn it all in time. Don’t
worry, your concerns are normal. This textbook was written with you in mind. If you
attend class, work hard, and read and study this book, you will build the knowledge
and skills you need to be successful.
When you get busy, it’s easy to skip reading and go right to the problems. Don’t
. . . the book has a large number of examples and clear explanations to help you
break down the mathematics into easy-to-understand steps. Reading will provide
you with a clearer understanding, beyond simple memorization. Read before class
(not after) so you can ask questions about anything you didn’t understand. You’ll be
amazed at how much more you’ll get out of class if you do this.
ix
Chapter 1
The Set Theory
Definition 1.1. A set is a well defined collection of objects. The elements or mem-
bers of a set can be anything: numbers, people, letters of the alphabet, other sets,
and so on.
Definition 1.3. Sets A and B are said to be equal if they have precisely the same
elements.
2. The second way is by extension, i.e., listing each member of the set. An exten-
sional definition is denoted by enclosing the list of numbers in curly brackets.
Example 1.3. C = {−1, −2, −3, −4, −5}.
Every element of a set must be unique, no two members may be identical. All set op-
erations preserve this property. The order in which the elements of a set or multiset
are listed is irrelevant.
Example 1.5. We have
{3, 9} = {9, 3}.
1
2 1 The Set Theory
For sets with many elements, the enumeration of numbers can be abbreviated.
Example 1.6. For instance, the set of the first one hundred positive integers may be
specified extensionally as follows
{1, 2, . . . , 100},
where the ellipsis ”. . .” indicated that the list continues in the obvious way.
Ellipsis can also be used where sets have infinitely many members.
Example 1.7. The set of positive odd numbers can be written as follows
{1, 3, 5, 7, . . .}.
The notation with braces may also be used in an intensional specification of a set.
In this usage, the braces have meaning ”the set of all”.
Example 1.8. For instance,
is the set whose three elements are: blue, white and red. A more general form of this
is set-builder notation, through which, for instance the set F of the thirty smallest
integers that are two less than perfect square can be denote as follows
In this notation, the colon ”:” means ”such that” and the description can be inter-
preted as ”F is the set of all numbers of the form n2 − 2, such that n is a whole
number in the range from 0 to 29 inclusive.” Sometimes, the vertical bar ”|” is used
instead of the colon.
Example 1.9. Let
2x − 1 x − 3
A= x∈R: < .
3 2
We will determine the set A. For this aim, we will solve the inequality
2x − 1 x − 1
< .
3 2
We have
2(2x − 1) < 3(x − 3),
whereupon
4x − 2 < 3x − 9
or
x < −7,
or
1.1 Definition. Describing Sets 3
x ∈ (−∞, −7).
Thus, A = (−∞, −7).
We will determine the set B. For this aim, we will solve the equation
We have
10x2 + 4x − 15x − 6 ≤ 12
or
10x2 − 11x − 18 ≤ 0.
The roots of the quadratic equation
10x2 − 11x − 18 = 0
are
√
11 ± 121 + 720
x1,2 =
20
√
11 ± 841
=
20
11 ± 29
= .
20
Thus,
11 + 29
x1 =
20
40
=
20
=2
and
11 − 29
x2 =
20
18
=−
20
4 1 The Set Theory
9
=− .
10
9
Consequently the set of all solutions of the inequality (1.1) is − , 2 . Therefore
10
9
B = − ,2 .
10
Example 1.11. Let
x+8
C= x∈R: <0 .
2x + 6
We will determine the set C. For this aim, we will solve the inequality
x+8
< 0.
2x + 6
We have
x+8
< 0,
2(x + 3)
whereupon x ∈ (−8, −3) and C = (−8, −3).
Example 1.12. Let
p
D = {x ∈ R : x2 − 3x − 10 < 8 − x}.
We will determine the set D. For this aim, we will solve the inequality
p
x2 − 3x − 10 < 8 − x. (1.2)
x2 − 3x − 10 ≥ 0
8−x > 0
(8 − x)2 > x2 − 3x − 1,
whereupon
(x − 5)(x + 2) ≥ 0
8>x
or
1.1 Definition. Describing Sets 5
[
x ∈ (−∞, −2] [5, ∞)
x ∈ (−∞, 8)
or
[
x ∈ (−∞, −2] [5, ∞)
x ∈ (−∞, 8)
74
x ∈ −∞, .
13
74
Therefore the set of all solutions of the inequality (1.2) is the interval 5, and
13
74
D = 5, .
13
Exercise 1.1. Determine the set A, where
1.
A = {x ∈ R : 5x2 − 2(x + 3)(x − 1) > 4x + 9}.
2.
A = {x ∈ R : (2x − 3)2 + x(7x − 6) ≤ 2}.
3. √
A = {x ∈ R : 3x − 7 > 3}.
4. √
A = {x ∈ R : x + 2 > x}.
5. ( x−3 2 )
2 3
A= x∈R: > .
3 2
6. ( 2−x − 1 )
3 3 2
A= x∈R: > .
4 4
7.
A = {x ∈ R : log5 (3x − 2) ≥ log5 (4x + 1)}.
8. √
A = {x ∈ R : logx 5 ≥ logx 3 3}.
6 1 The Set Theory
9.
A = {x ∈ R : |2x − 1| ≥ x − 1}.
10.
A = {x ∈ R : x2 − x − 2 < 15x − 3}.
1.2 Membership
The key relation between sets is membership-when one set is an element of another.
If a is a member of the set B, this is denoted by a ∈ B. If c is not a member of the
set B, this is denoted by c 6∈ B.
Example 1.13. Consider the set
A = {−1, 0, 1, 2}.
Then −1 ∈ A, 0 ∈ A, 1 ∈ A, 2 ∈ A, 3 6∈ A, 10 6∈ A.
The empty set is a subset of any set and any set is a subset of itself, i.e.,
0/ ⊆ A,
A ⊆ A.
1.2 Membership 7
and
2 ∈ {−1, 2}, 2 ∈ {2, 3}.
Exercise 1.3. Let
S = {0, 1, 2, 11}.
Determine which of the following sets are partitions of the set S.
1. {{0}, {1}, {2}, {4}}.
2. {{0, 1}, {2, 11}}.
3. {{0, 1, 2}, {0, 2}, {2, 11}}.
4. {{0, 1, 2}, {1, 11}}.
5. {{0, 1, 2}, {11}}.
Definition 1.6. The power set of a set S is the set of all subsets of S, including S
itself and the empty set 0.
/ It is denoted by P(S).
Example 1.17. Let
S = {−1, 0, 1, 2}.
Then
P(S) = {0,
/ {−1, −0, 1, 2}, {−1}, {0}, {1}, {2},
{−1, 0}, {−1, 1}, {−1, 2}, {0, 1}, {0, 2},
{1, 2}, {−1, 0, 1}, {−1, 0, 2}, {−1, 1, 2}, {0, 1, 2}}.
Some sets have infinite cardinality. For instance, the cardinality of the set of all
natural numbers is infinite. Some infinite cardinalities are greater than others. For
instance, the set of the real numbers has greater cardinality than the set of natural
numbers.
There are some sets which hold great mathematical importance. Another one is the
unit set {x} which contains exactly one element, namely x. Many of these sets are
represented using blackboard bold. Special sets of numbers include:
1. N, denoting the set of natural numbers,
N = {1, 2, 3, . . .}.
3. Q, denoting the set of all rational numbers, that is, the set of all proper and im-
proper fractions, na o
Q= : a, b ∈ Z, b 6= 0 .
b
4. R, denoting the set of all real numbers. This set includes all rational numbers,
together with all irrational numbers (that is, numbers which cannot be rewritten
as fractions, as well as transcendental numbers such as π, e and numbers that
cannot be defined).
5. C, denoting the set of all complex numbers, that is
C = {a + bi : a, b ∈ R}.
Positive and negative sets are defined by a subscript − or +, for example Q+ repre-
sents the set of all positive rational numbers.
Each of the above sets of numbers has infinite number of elements, and each can
be considered to be a proper subset of the sets listed below it.
10 1 The Set Theory
[
Fig. 1.2 The union A B of the sets A and B is shown in red colour.
A = {1, 2},
B = {green, blue}.
Then [
A B = {1, 2, green, blue}.
A = {1, 2},
B = {1, 3, 4}.
1.4 Basic Operations 11
Then [
A B = {1, 2, 3, 4}.
A = {1, 0},
B = {−1, 2}.
Then [
A B = {−1, 0, 1, 2}.
[
Exercise 1.6. Find A B, where
1. A = {−1, 3, 0}, B = {1}.
2. A = {−3, 4, 5}, B = {red, green}.
3. A = {−2, 1, 5}, B = {red, green, 0}.
4. A = {−2, 3, 5}, B = {?, !}.
5. A = {green, white, 0}, B = {7, 5}.
= (−∞, −3).
[
Exercise 1.7. Find A B, where
1.
2−x x+2 x−5
A= x∈R: + > ,
x+1 x−1 2
x(x − 7) 11 x−4
B= x∈R: −1 < x− .
3 10 3
2.
2 + x 1 5x − 4x2 − 2
A= x∈R: + − >0 ,
2−x x x2 − 2x
3.
4x − 1
A= x∈R: >0 ,
x+3
12 1 The Set Theory
n p o
B = x ∈ R : x2 − 3x + 10 < 8 − x .
4.
3x + 5
A= x∈R: ≥0 ,
2x + 9
n p o
B = x ∈ R : 3 6 + x − x2 + 2 > 4x .
5.
6−x
A= x∈R: <0 ,
5x − 7
n √ √ o
B = x ∈ R : 2x + 1 + x + 1 < 1 .
[ [ [
By the definition, it follows that if x ∈ A, then x ∈ A B. Moreover, A B=B A
for any sets A and B.
Definition 1.9. More generally, by union of an arbitrary number (finite or infinite)
of sets Aα , indexed by some parameter α, we mean the set of all elements belonging
to at least one of the sets Aα . We write
[
Aα .
α
By the last relation and the relation (1.4), we obtain the equality (1.3). This com-
pletes the proof.
Theorem 1.2. For any sets A and B, we have
[
A⊆A B. (1.5)
[
Proof. Let x ∈ A be arbitrarily chosen and fixed. Then x ∈ A B. Since x ∈ A was
[
arbitrarily chosen and we find that it is an element of A B, we conclude that any
[
element of A is an element of A B. Thus, we get the inclusion (1.5). This completes
the proof.
Theorem 1.3. For any sets A and B, we have that
A⊆B (1.6)
if and only if [
A B = B. (1.7)
[
Proof. 1. Suppose that (1.6) holds. Take x ∈ A B arbitrarily. Then x ∈ A or x ∈ B.
[
If x ∈ A, using (1.6), we obtain x ∈ B. Since x ∈ A B was arbitrarily chosen and
[
we get that it is an element of B, we conclude that any element of A B is an
element of B. Thus, [
A B ⊆ B. (1.8)
[
Let now, y ∈ B be arbitrarily chosen. Then y ∈ A B. Since y ∈ B was arbitrarily
[
chosen and we obtain that it is an element of A B, we conclude that any element
[
of B is an element of A B. Thus,
[
B⊆A B.
Let F be a family of sets such that A B = 0/ for any pair of sets A, B in F .Then
\
\
In Fig. 1.3, it is shown the intersection A B of the sets A and B in red colour.
\
Fig. 1.3 The intersection A B of the sets A and B is shown in red colour.
\
Example 1.24. {−1, 1} {red, green} = 0.
/
\
Example 1.25. {−1, 0, 1, 2} {1, blue, white, 2} = {1, 2}.
\
Example 1.26. {1, 2} {1, 2} = {1, 2}.
\
Exercise 1.9. Find A B, where
1.4 Basic Operations 15
1. A = {−1,
1, 0, 7},B = {3, 4}.
1
2. A = −2, , 1, 3 , B = {1, 7, 8, 9}.
2
3. A = {−4, −3, −2, −1, 0}, B = {−2, −1, 0}.
4. A = {2, 3, 5, 7, 9}, B = {red, 3, 7}.
5. A = {red, 0, 1, 2, 3}, B = {red, blue}.
= 0.
/
Moreover,
\ \
A C = (−∞, −7) (−8, −3)
= (−8, −7).
\
Exercise 1.10. Find A B, where
1.
3 x 3(x + 3)2 − x(9 + 2x2 )
A= x∈R: + > ,
x 3 3x2 + 9x
B = {x ∈ R : (|x| − 5)(|x| − 7) ≤ 0} .
2.
9 40 − 3|x|
A= x ∈ R : 2|x| −
≥ ,
2 8
n 2
o
B = x ∈ R : 36x −3x > 2−5 · 32 .
3.
x2 − |x| − 12
A= x∈R: ≥ 2x ,
x−3
B = x ∈ R : 42x − 2 · 4x < 0 .
4.
2
x −1
A= x∈R:
<1 ,
x+2
16 1 The Set Theory
B = x ∈ R : 3 · 32x + 11 · 3x − 4 > 0 .
5.
2
x − 5x + 4
A= x∈R:
≤1 ,
x2 − 4
5x − 2
B= x ∈ R : log3 >0 .
x+1
and \ \
A B=B A,
and \
A A = A.
Theorem 1.4. For any three sets A, B, C, we have
\ \ \ \
A (B C) = (A B) C. (1.9)
\ \
Proof. Let x ∈ A (B C) be arbitrarily chosen and fixed. Then x ∈ A and x ∈
\ \
B C. Since x ∈ B C, we find x ∈ B and x ∈ C. Because x ∈ A and x ∈ B, we
\ \ \
get x ∈ A B. Hence, using that x ∈ C, we arrive at the relation x ∈ (A B) C.
\ \
Since x ∈ A (B C) was arbitrarily chosen and we get that it is an element of
\ \
(A B) C, we obtain the following inclusion
\ \ \ \
A (B C) ⊆ (A B) C. (1.10)
\ \ \
Let now, y ∈ (A B) C be arbitrarily chosen and fixed. Then y ∈ A B and y ∈ C.
\ \
Since y ∈ A B, we find y ∈ A and y ∈ B. From y ∈ B and y ∈ C, we obtain y ∈ B C.
\ \
Hence, using that y ∈ A, we arrive at the relation y ∈ A (B C). Because y ∈
\ \ \ \
(A B) C was arbitrarily chosen and we find that it is an element of A (B C),
we get the following inclusion
\ \ \ \
(A B) C⊆A (B C).
By the last inclusion and (1.10), we find (1.9). This completes the proof.
A⊆B (1.12)
if and only if \
A B = A. (1.13)
Proof. 1. Suppose that (1.12) holds. By Theorem 1.5, we have (1.11). Let x ∈ A be
chosen. Using (1.12), we find that x ∈ B. From x ∈ A and x ∈ B, we
arbitrarily\
get x ∈ A B. Because x ∈ A was arbitrarily chosen and we obtain that it is an
\
element of A B, we arrive at the inclusion
\
A⊆A B.
By the last inclusion and the inclusion (1.15), we get (1.14). This completes the
proof.
B ⊆ A.
By the last relation and the relation (1.18), we obtain A = B. This completes the
proof.
By the last relation and (1.20), we get (1.19). This completes the proof.
!
[ \ [ [
Proof. Let x ∈ Xα Yβ be arbitrarily chosen. Then x ∈ Xα and
α∈A β ∈B α∈A
[ [
x∈ Yβ . From x ∈ Xα , it follows that there is an α1 ∈ A so that x ∈ Xα1 .
β α∈A
[
From x ∈ Yβ , it follows that there is a β1 ∈ B such that x ∈ Yβ1 . Since x ∈ Xα1
β ∈B
\ [ \
and x ∈ Yβ1 , we obtain x ∈ Xα1 Yβ1 and then x ∈ Xα Yβ . Since
α∈A,β ∈B
20 1 The Set Theory
!
[ \ [
x∈ Xα Yβ was arbitrarily chosen and we obtain that it is an el-
α∈A β ∈B
[ \
ement of Xα Yβ , we arrive at the inclusion
α∈A,β ∈B
!
[ \ [ [ \
Xα Yβ ⊆ Xα Yβ . (1.22)
α∈A β ∈B α∈A,β ∈B
[ \
Let now, y ∈ Xα Yβ be arbitrarily chosen. Then there are α2 ∈ A and
α∈A,β ∈B
\ [
β2 ∈ B such that y ∈ Xα2 Yβ2 . From here, y ∈ Xα2 and y ∈ Yβ2 and then y ∈ Xα
α∈A
!
[ [ \ [
and y ∈ Yβ . From the last two inclusions, we find y ∈ Xα Yβ .
β ∈B α∈A β ∈B
[ \
Since y ∈ Xα Yβ was arbitrarily chosen and we get that it is an element
α∈A,β ∈B
!
[ \ [
of the set Xα Yβ , we obtain the inclusion
α∈A β ∈B
!
[ \ [ \ [
Xα Yβ ⊆ Xα Yβ .
α∈A,β ∈B α∈A β ∈B
By the last relation and (1.22), we obtain the relation (1.21). This completes the
proof.
Definition 1.11. Difference between two sets A and B (in that order), we mean the
set of all elements of A which do not belong to B. We write A\B. Note that it is not
assumed that B ⊂ A. In Fig. 1.4, it is shown the difference A\B of the sets A and B
in red colour.
A = {−1, 2, 3, 7, 9, 15},
1.4 Basic Operations 21
Fig. 1.4 The difference A\B of the sets A and B is shown in red colour.
Then
A\B = {−1, 3, 9, 15}
and
B\A = {−20, −18, −15, 0, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14}.
Remark 1.1. By the last example, it follows that in the general case we have
A\B 6= B\A.
B = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}.
Then
and
B = {−3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10}.
2.
A = {−1, 2, 3},
B = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7}.
3.
1 1 1 1 1 1
A= , , , , , ,
2 3 4 5 6 7
1 1 1 1 1 1
B= − ,− ,− ,− ,− ,− .
2 3 4 5 6 7
4.
A = {−1, 0, 1, 2},
B = {0, 1, 2}.
5.
B = {0}.
= (−∞, −8]
and
= [−7, −3).
1.4 Basic Operations 23
A = x ∈ R : 2x2 − 9x + 9 ≥ |x − 2| ,
( 3x−5 )
1−2x 1 x+2
B= x ∈ R : 10 x+2 < .
10
2.
3.
4.
A = {x ∈ R : |x| ≥ 1, |x − 1| < 3} ,
√ 729x
3x−1
B= x∈R:9 > √ .
9 12x−4
5.
2x
A= x ∈ R : |x| ≥ ,
|x − 3|
By the last relation and the relation (1.24), we get (1.23). This completes the proof.
By the last equality and (1.27), we obtain (1.25). This completes the proof.
Theorem 1.13. For any three sets A, B and C, we have
\ \ \
A (B\C) = (A B)\(A C). (1.29)
Proof. Using that the intersection of two sets is commutative and using (1.25), we
find
\ \
A (B\C) = (B\C) A
\ \
= (B A)\(C A)
\ \
= (A B)\(A C).
By the last inclusion and (1.31), we get (1.30). This completes the proof.
By the last relation and (1.33), we obtain (1.32). This completes the proof.
Exercise 1.16. Prove that
! !
[ [ [
Mα \ Nα ⊂ (Mα \Nα ).
α∈A α∈A α∈A
Hence,
3
CA = −∞,
2
3
= x ∈ R : x ∈ −∞,
2
3
= x∈R:x≤
2
28 1 The Set Theory
= {x ∈ R : 2x ≤ 3} .
Then
= {x ∈ R : x ∈ (−1, 2)}
= (−1, 2).
Hence,
[
CA = (−∞, −1] [2, ∞)
[
= {x ∈ R : x ∈ (−∞, −1]} {x ∈ R : x ∈ [2, ∞)}
[
= {x ∈ R : x ≤ −1} {x ∈ R : x ≥ 2}.
We have
x + 1 > 0, x+3 < 0 ⇐⇒ x > −1, x < −3.
Since the last pair of inequalities is impossible, we conclude that A = 0/ and CA = R.
7.
A = {x ∈ R : x + 7 < 0, x − 8 > 0}.
8.
A = {x ∈ R : 3x2 − 7 > 10, 4x + 1 > 12}.
9.
A = {x ∈ R : x2 − 4x + 2 > 3, −3x + 1 < 7}.
10.
A = {x ∈ R : 12x − 3 > 0}.
Definition 1.13. The symmetric difference of the sets A and B is defined as the union
of the two differences A\B and B\A. We write A4B. We have
[
A4B = (A\B) (B\A)
In Fig. 1.5, it is shown the symmetric difference A4B of the sets A and B.
Fig. 1.5 The symmetric difference A4B of the sets A and B is shown in red colour.
Then
B\A = {−10}.
Consequently
[
A4B = (A\B) (B\A)
B = {0, 1, 2}.
Hence,
[
A4B = (A\B) (B\A)
1 1 1 1 1
= − , , , , , 0, 1, 2 .
2 2 3 4 5
Exercise 1.18. Find A4B, where A and B are the sets in Exercise 1.13.
Example 1.38. Let A be as in Example 1.9 and C be as in Example 1.11. Then, using
the computations in Example 1.30, we find
[
A4C = (A\C) (C\A)
[
= (−∞, −8] [−7, −3).
B = {x ∈ R : | log3 (x − 8)| ≤ 1} .
2.
|x + 2| − x
A= x∈R: <2 ,
x
B = {x ∈ R : | log2 (x − 3)| ≥ 5} .
3.
|4 − x|
A= x∈R: <3 ,
x+6
4.
x−2
A= x∈R: ≥0 ,
|x − 2|
2x − 1
B = x ∈ R : log5 <0 .
x+1
5.
1 1
A= x∈R: < ,
|x| − 3 2
x−1
B= x ∈ R : log2 log2 > −1 .
2−x
A4B = B4A.
[
= (B\A) (A\B)
= B4A.
A40/ = A,
A4A = 0.
/
Proof. Let x ∈ A4B be arbitrarily chosen. The x ∈ A\B or x ∈ B\A. We will consider
the following two cases.
[ \
1. Let x ∈ A\B. Then x ∈ A and x 6∈ B. Hence, x ∈ A B and x 6∈ A B. Therefore
[ \
x ∈ (A B)\(A B).
[ \
2. Let x ∈ B\A. Then x ∈ B and x 6∈ A. From here, x ∈ A B and x 6∈ A B. Conse-
[ \
quently x ∈ (A B)\(A B).
[ \
Since x ∈ A4B was arbitrarily chosen and we get that it is an element of (A B)\(A B),
we obtain the inclusion [ \
A4B ⊆ (A B)\(A B). (1.35)
[ \ [ \ [
Let now, y ∈ (A B)\(A B). Then y ∈ A B and y 6∈ A B. From y ∈ A B, it
follows that y ∈ A or y ∈ B. We consider the following two cases.
\
1. Let y ∈ A. Since y 6∈ A B, we get that y 6∈ B. From y ∈ A and y 6∈ B, we obtain
y ∈ A\B. Hence,
[
y ∈ (A\B) (B\A)
= A4B.
\
2. Let y ∈ B. Because y 6∈ A B, we find that y 6∈ A. Since y ∈ B and y 6∈ A, we get
y ∈ B\A. From here,
[
y ∈ (B\A) (A\B)
= B4A
= A4B.
[ \
Since y ∈ (A B)\(A B) was arbitrarily chosen and we get that it is an element
of A4B, we arrive at the inclusion
[ \
(A B)\(A B) ⊆ A4B.
1.4 Basic Operations 33
By the last inclusion and (1.35), we obtain (1.34). This completes the proof.
= A4(B4C).
= B4C.
= A4(B4C).
= B4C.
x ∈ (B4C)\A.
From here,
34 1 The Set Theory
[
x ∈ (A\(B4C)) ((B4C)\A)
= A4(B4C).
= A4B.
= (A4B)4C.
= A4B.
= (A4B)4C.
1.4 Basic Operations 35
= (A4B)4C.
A4(B4C) ⊆ (A4B)4C.
By the last relation and the relation (1.37), we find the relation (1.36). This com-
pletes the proof.
A4(A4B) = B.
A4(A4B) = (A4A)4B
= 04B
/
= B.
(A4B)4(B4C) = A4C.
(A4B)4(B4C) = A4(B4(B4C))
= A4C.
\ [ \ \
= (A (B C))\(A (B C))
\ [ \ \ \
= ((A B) (A C))\((A B) C)
\ [ \ \ \ \
= ((A B) (A C))\((A B) (A C))
\ \
= (A B)4(A C).
A4B = (CA)4(CB).
(CA)4(CB) = (R\A)4(R\B)
[
= ((R\A)\(R\B)) ((R\B)\(R\A))
[
= (B\A) (A\B)
= A4B.
Theorem 1.23. For any two families {Aα : α ∈ I} and {Bα : α ∈ I} of sets, we have
! !
[ [ [
Aα 4 Bα ⊆ (Aα 4Bα ). (1.38)
α∈I α∈I α∈I
! !
[ [
Proof. Let x ∈ Aα 4 Bα be arbitrarily chosen. Then we have the fol-
α∈I α∈I
lowing two cases.
[ [ [
1. Let x ∈ Aα and x 6∈ Bα . From x ∈ Aα , it follows that there is an α1 ∈ I
α α∈I
[ α∈I
so that x ∈ Aα1 . By x 6∈ Bα , we get that x 6∈ Bα for any α ∈ I. In particular,
α∈I
x[6∈ Bα1 . Since x ∈ Aα1 and x 6∈ Bα1 , we find x ∈ Aα1 4Bα1 and from here, x ∈
(Aα 4Bα ).
α∈I
1.5 Functions and Mappings 37
[ [ [
2. Let x ∈ Bα and x 6∈ Aα . By x ∈ Bα , it follows that there is an α2 ∈ I
α α∈I [ α∈I
so that x ∈ Bα2 . From x 6∈ Aα , we conclude that x 6∈ Aα for any α ∈ I and
α∈I
x 6∈ Aα2 . Because x
then[ ∈ Bα2 and x 6∈ Aα2 , we get x ∈ Aα2 4Bα2 and hence,
x∈ (Aα 4Bα ).
α∈I
! !
[ [
Because x ∈ Aα 4 Bα was arbitrarily chosen and we find that it is an
[ α∈I α∈I
element of (Aα 4Bα ), we obtain the inclusion (1.38). This completes the proof.
α∈I
f (A) = { f (a) : a ∈ A}
and f (A) is called the image of A under the mapping f . The set of all elements of M
whose images belong to a given set B ⊆ N is called preimage of B and it is denoted
by f −1 (B). In other words,
f (−1) = 4,
f (−1) = 5,
f (0) = 4,
f (1) = 5.
38 1 The Set Theory
f (1) = −4,
f (2) = −4,
f (3) = 5.
Because any element of the set M is associated with a unique element of the set N
under f , we have that f : M → N is a function. We have
f (M) = {−4, 5} ⊂ N.
f −1 (−4) = 1 or f −1 (−4) = 2,
f −1 (5) = 3.
Let
B = {−4, 5}.
Then B ⊂ N and f −1 (B) = M.
f (1) = −3,
f (2) = −3,
f (3) = 2,
f (4) = 2,
f (5) = 1,
f (6) = 1.
f (M) = {−3, 2, 1} = N.
Therefore f : M → N is onto.
f (x) = x2 − 1, x ∈ M.
Then
f (−1) = (−1)2 − 1
= 1−1
=0
and
f (2) = 22 − 1
= 4−1
= 3.
f (M) = {0, 3} ⊂ N.
Consequently f : M → N is into.
f (x) = 2x − 1, x ∈ R.
f ( f (x)) = 2 f (x) − 1
= 2(2x − 1) − 1
= 4x − 2 − 1
= 4x − 3, x ∈ R.
f (x) = x2 + 1,
g(x) = x3 , x ∈ R.
We will find
f (g(x)), g( f (x)), x ∈ R.
We have
f (g(x)) = (g(x))2 + 1
= (x3 )2 + 1
= x6 + 1, x ∈ R,
and
g( f (x)) = ( f (x))3
= (x2 + 1)3
= x6 + 3x4 + 3x2 + 1, x ∈ R.
g(x) = 3x + 2, x ∈ R.
We will find
f (2x), f (g(x)), g( f (x)), g(3x), x ∈ R.
We have
1
f (2x) =
1 + (2x)2
1
= , x ∈ R,
1 + 4x2
and
1
f (g(x)) =
1 + (g(x))2
1
=
1 + (3x + 2)2
1
=
1 + 9x2 + 12x + 4
1
= , x ∈ R,
9x2 + 12x + 5
and
g( f (x)) = 3 f (x) + 2
3
= +2
1 + x2
3 + 2 + 2x2
=
1 + x2
5 + 2x2
= , x ∈ R,
1 + x2
and
g(3x) = 3(3x) + 2
= 9x + 2, x ∈ R.
f (x) = 3x + 7,
42 1 The Set Theory
g(x) = x2 + x + 2, x ∈ R.
Find
1. f (3x), x ∈ R.
2. f (g(x)), x ∈ R.
3. g(2x), x ∈ R.
4. f (g(2x)), x ∈ R.
5. g( f (3x)), x ∈ R.
f (−1) = (−1)3
= −1,
f (1) = 13
= 1.
Thus, f (M) = {−1, 1} and f : M → f (M) is onto, surjective, injective, bijective and
one-to-one. We have
f −1 (−1) = −1,
f −1 (1) = 1.
f (−1) = (−1)2
= 1,
f (1) = 12
1.5 Functions and Mappings 43
= 1.
Let N = {1}. Then f : M → N is surjective and onto, but it is not injective and
one-to-one.
Exercise 1.23. Check if f : M → N is one-to-one correspondence, where f (M) = N
and
1. M = {−7, −6, −5}, f (x) = x + 1, x ∈ M.
2. M = {−3, −2, −1, 0}, f (x) = 2x − 1, x ∈ M.
3. M = {−3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2}, f (x) = x2 + 2, x ∈ M.
4. M = {−4, 0, 1, 4, 5}, f (x) = 3x2 + 7, x ∈ M.
x+1
5. M = {−5, −4, −2, −1, 0}, f (x) = , x ∈ M.
x+7
Theorem 1.24. The preimage of the union of an arbitrary number (finite or infinite)
of sets Aα is the union of the preimages of the sets Aα , i.e.,
!
f −1 f −1 (Aα ).
[ [
Aα = (1.39)
α∈I α∈I
!
−1
[ [
Proof. Let x ∈ f Aα be arbitrarily chosen. Then f (x) ∈ Aα . Hence,
α∈I α∈I
there is an α1 ∈ I so that f (x) ∈ Aα1 and then x ∈!f −1 (Aα1 ). From here, we conclude
f −1 (Aα ). Because x ∈ f −1
[ [
that x ∈ Aα was arbitrarily chosen and we get
α∈I α∈I
f −1 (Aα ), we arrive at the inclusion
[
that it is an element of the set
α∈I
!
−1
f −1 (Aα ).
[ [
f Aα ⊆ (1.40)
α∈I α∈I
By the last relation and the relation (1.40), we obtain the relation (1.39). This com-
pletes the proof.
Because x ∈ f −1
\
Aα was arbitrarily chosen and we get that it is an element
α∈I
f −1 (Aα ), we arrive at the inclusion
\
of
α∈I
!
−1
f −1 (Aα ).
\ \
f Aα ⊆ (1.42)
α∈I α∈I
By the last relation and the relation (1.42), we arrive at the relation (1.41). This
completes the proof.
By the last inclusion and the inclusion (1.44), we obtain (1.43). This completes the
proof.
Theorem 1.27. The preimage of the difference of two sets is the difference of the
preimages of the sets, i.e.,
Proof. Let x ∈ f −1 (A\B) be arbitrarily chosen. Then f (x) ∈ A\B. Hence, f (x) ∈ A
and f (x) 6∈ B. Therefore x ∈ f −1 (A) and x 6∈ f −1 (B). Thus, x ∈ f −1 (A)\ f −1 (B).
Because x ∈ f −1 (A\B) was arbitrarily chosen and we find that it is an element of
f −1 (A)\ f −1 (B), we obtain the inclusion
Theorem 1.28. The preimage of the symmetric difference of two sets is the symmet-
ric difference of the preimages of the sets, i.e.,
= f −1 (A\B) f −1 (B\A)
[
= f −1 (A)\ f −1 (B)
[ −1
f (B)\ f −1 (A)
= f −1 (A)4 f −1 (B).
Mathematical propositions are very often proved by using the following principal of
the mathematical induction.
Theorem 1.29. Given a number a ∈ N and a proposition P(n) formulated for any
n ∈ N, n ≥ a, suppose that
1. P(a) is true.
2. the validity of P(k) for all k ≤ n, k ≥ a, implies the validity of P(n + 1).
Then P(n) is true for any n ∈ N, n ≥ a.
Proof. Suppose that P(n) fails to be true for any n ∈ N. Let n1 be the smallest
element of the set N for which P(n1 ) fails. By the statement 1, it follows that n1 > a.
Thus, n1 − 1 ∈ N, n1 − 1 ≥ a. Therefore P(k) is valid for any k ≤ n1 − 1, k ≥ a, but it
is not valid for n1 . This contradicts with the statement 2. Consequently P(n) is true
for any n ∈ N, n ≥ a. This completes the proof.
1.6 The Principal of the Mathematical Induction 47
Now, we will illustrate the principal of the mathematical induction in several exam-
ples.
Example 1.48. We will prove that
1 + 3 + 5 + · · · + (2n − 1) = n2 , n ∈ N. (1.47)
1. For n = 1, we have
1 = 12 ,
i.e., the assertion is valid for n = 1.
2. Assume that (1.47) is valid for some n ∈ N.
3. We will prove that the assertion is valid for n + 1, i.e., we will prove that
1 + 3 + 5 + · · · + (2n − 1) + (2n + 1) = n2 + 2n + 1
= (n + 1)2 .
Hence and the principal of the mathematical induction, we conclude that (1.47) is
valid for any n ∈ N.
sin 2n+1 α
2 n+1
cos α cos(2α) cos 2 α · · · cos 2 α = , n ∈ N. (1.48)
2n+1 α
1. Let n = 1. Then, we have the following.
sin 22 α
sin(2 · 2α)
=
22 sin α 22 sin α
2 sin(2α) cos(2α)
=
22 sin α
sin(2α) cos(2α)
=
2 sin α
2 sin α cos α cos(2α)
=
2 sin α
= cos α cos(2α),
sin 2n+2 α
2 n n+1
cos α cos(2α) cos 2 α · · · cos (2 α) cos 2 α = .
2n+2 α
Really, using (1.48), we find
sin 2n+2 α
= ,
2n+2 α
i. e, the assertion is valid for n + 1.
Hence and the principal of the mathematical induction, we conclude that (1.48) is
valid for any n ∈ N.
1. For n = 1, we have
1 1
= ,
1·2 1+1
i.e., the assertion is valid for n = 1.
2. Assume that (1.49) is valid for some n ∈ N.
3. We will prove that the assertion is valid for n + 1, i.e., we will prove that
1 1 1 1 n+1
+ +···+ + = .
1·2 2·3 n(n + 1) (n + 1)(n + 2) n + 2
n2 + 2n + 1
=
(n + 1)(n + 2)
(n + 1)2
=
(n + 1)(n + 2)
n+1
= ,
n+2
1.6 The Principal of the Mathematical Induction 49
3.
n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
12 + 22 + 32 + · · · + n2 = , n ∈ N.
6
4.
+2a1 (a2 + a3 + · · · + an )
+2a2 (a3 + a4 + · · · + an )
+···
+2an−2 (an−1 + an )
+2an−1 an , n ∈ N.
5.
n(n + 1)(n + 2)
1 · 2 + 2 · 3 + · · · + n · (n + 1) = , n ∈ N.
3
Example 1.51. We will prove that
2n ≥ n + 1, n ∈ N. (1.50)
1. For n = 1, we have
2 = 1 + 1,
i.e., the assertion is valid for n = 1.
2. Assume that (1.50) is valid for some n ∈ N.
3. We will prove that the assertion is valid for n + 1, i.e., we will prove that
2n+1 ≥ n + 2.
50 1 The Set Theory
2n+1 = 2 · 2n
≥ 2(n + 1)
= 2n + 2
> n + 2.
Hence and the principal of the mathematical induction, we conclude that (1.50) is
valid for any n ∈ N.
4n (2n)!
< , n ∈ N, n ≥ 2. (1.51)
n+1 (n!)2
Here n! = 1 · 2 · 3 · · · (n − 1) · n.
1. For n = 2, we have
42 16
=
2+1 3
and
(2 · 2)! 4!
2
= 2
(2!) 2
4·3·2·1
=
4
= 6.
16
Since < 6, we get
3
42 (2 · 2)!
< ,
2+1 (2!)2
i.e., the assertion is valid for n = 2.
2. Assume that (1.51) is valid for some n ∈ N, n ≥ 2.
3. We will prove that the assertion is valid for n + 1, i.e., we will prove that
4n+1 4 · 4n (n + 1)
=
n+2 (n + 1)(n + 2)
4(n + 1) 4n
= ·
n+2 n+1
4(n + 1) (2n)!
< ·
n + 2 (n!)2
2(2n + 2) (2n)!
= ·
n+2 (n!)2
2 (2n + 2)(2n + 1)(2n)!
= ·
(n + 2)(2n + 1) (n!)2
Note that
2(n + 1)2
<1 ⇐⇒
(n + 2)(2n + 1)
Therefore
4n+1 2(n + 1)2 (2(n + 1))!
< ·
n+2 (n + 2)(2n + 1) (n!)2
(2(n + 1))!
< .
(n!)2
Hence and the principal of the mathematical induction, we conclude that (1.51) is
valid for any n ∈ N, n ≥ 2.
Example 1.53. We will prove that
2n > n2 , n ∈ N, n ≥ 5. (1.52)
1. For n = 5, we have
52 1 The Set Theory
25 = 32
> 25
= 52 ,
2n+1 = 2 · 2n
> 2n2 .
Note that
2n2 > n2 + 2n + 1 ⇐⇒
n2 − 2n − 1 > 0,
which is valid for any n ≥ 5 because the roots of the quadratic equation
x2 − 2x − 1 = 0
are
√
x1 = 1 − 2,
√
x2 = 1 + 2,
x2 − 2x − 1 > 0
√ [ √
is −∞, 1 − 2 1 + 2, ∞ . Therefore
> (n + 1)2 .
Hence and the principal of the mathematical induction, we conclude that (1.52) is
valid for any n ∈ N.
Exercise 1.26. Prove that
1.
3n ≥ 1 + 2n, n ∈ N.
2.
3n ≥ 2(n + 1)2 , n ∈ N, n ≥ 4.
3.
7n ≥ 1 + 6n, n ∈ N.
4.
5n ≥ 5n3 + 2, n ∈ N, n ≥ 4.
5.
1 1 1
1+ + +···+ n ≤ n, n ∈ N.
2 3 2 −1
8. √ √ √
A = {x ∈ R : x + 6 > x + 1 + 2x − 5}.
9. n o
2
A = x ∈ R : 362x−x < 216 .
10.
A = {x ∈ R : log4 x + log4 (x + 1) > log4 (2x)}.
2.
6x − 3
A= x∈R: ≥2 ,
x+4
n p p o
B = x ∈ R : 9 − x2 + 6x − x2 > 3 .
3.
n √ √ o
A = x ∈ R : x2 (5 − 2)x − 5 2 > 0 ,
n √ √ √ o
B = x ∈ R : x + 6 > x + 1 + 2x − 5 .
4.
2 − x x + 2 7x − x3
A= x∈R: + < 2 ,
x+1 x−1 x −1
( 2x2 −5 3 )
1 1 2
B = x∈R: < .
3 9
5.
x x−1 9−x
A = x∈R: − > 2 ,
x+3 x x + 3x
n 2 1
o
B = x ∈ R : 125x − 3 < 25 .
2.
2x
A= x ∈ R : |x| ≥ ,
x−3
3.
4.
5.
|x2 − 2x| + 4
A = x∈R: 2 ≥1 ,
x + |x + 2|
( x+1 )
1 x 3
B = x∈R: > 36 .
6
1.7 Advanced Practical Problems 57
2.
A = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4},
3.
4.
A = {−1, 1},
B = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
5.
B = {green, blue}.
A = x ∈ R : |x2 − x − 6| > 4 ,
2.
2x − 1
A= x∈R:
>2 ,
x−1
58 1 The Set Theory
3.
x2 − 7|x| + 10
A= x∈R: < 0 ,
x2 − 6x + 9
4.
x2 − 5x + 6
A= x∈R: <0 ,
|x| + 7
5.
2x − 5
A= x∈R: > −1 ,
|x + 3|
7.
A = {x ∈ R : x − 3 > 0, 3x − 9 > 12}.
8.
A = {x ∈ R : x2 + 5x + 6 > 0, x2 − x − 2 > 0}.
9.
A = {x ∈ R : −4x + 2 > 3, −x2 + 1 < 7}.
10.
A = {x ∈ R : x − 4 > 0, 2x + 7 < 0}.
Problem 1.19. Find A4B, where A and B are the sets in Problem 1.11.
Problem 1.20. Find A4B, where
1.
A = x ∈ R : x2 − 7x + 12 < |x − 4| ,
n √ √ o
B = x ∈ R : 3 − x + x − 5 ≥ −10 .
2.
3
q p
A= x∈R: 1 + 2(x − 3)2 + 5 − 4x + x2 < ,
2
B = x ∈ R : log3−x x < 1 .
3.
n √ o
A = x ∈ R : x + 78 < x − 76 ,
4x − 5 1
B= x ∈ R : logx2 ≥ .
|x − 2| 2
4.
n p o
A = x ∈ R : (x + 2)(x − 5) < 8 − x ,
5.
( r )
x+5
A = x∈R: >2 ,
2x − 1
√
4 − 3x
B = x∈R: √ < 3 .
40 − 3x
60 1 The Set Theory
Problem 1.21. For any two sets A and B, prove that A4B = 0/ if and only if A = B.
f (x) = x2 − x + 1,
g(x) = x2 + 1, x ∈ R.
Find
1. f (2x), x ∈ R.
2. f (g(x)), x ∈ R.
3. g(4x), x ∈ R.
4. f (g(4x)), x ∈ R.
5. g( f (2x)), x ∈ R.
12.
1 1 1 n+2
1− 1− ··· 1− = , n ∈ N.
4 9 (n + 1)2 2n + 2
13.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1− + − +···+ − = + +···+ , n ∈ N.
2 3 4 2n − 1 2n n + 1 n + 2 2n
62 1 The Set Theory
14.
3 7 15 2n − 1
1+ + + + · · · + n−1 = 21−n + 2(n − 1), n ∈ N.
2 4 8 2
15. n
1 2 3 n+2
+ 2 + 3 +···+ n = 2− n , n ∈ N.
2 2 2 2 2
16.
1 1 1 1 1 1
+ +···+ = − , n ∈ N.
1·2·3 2·3·4 n(n + 1)(n + 2) 2 2 (n + 1)(n + 2)
17.
1 2 3 1 n(n + 1)
+ + +· · ·+ = , n ∈ N.
1·3·5 3·5·7 5·7·9 (2n − 1)(2n + 1)(2n + 3) 2(2n + 1)(2n + 3)
18.
1 2
15 + 25 + · · · + n5 = n (n + 1)2 (2n2 + 2n − 1), n ∈ N.
12
19.
1
16 + 26 + · · · + n6 = n(n + 1)(2n + 1)(3n4 + 6n3 − 3n + 1), n ∈ N.
42
20.
1 1 1 3 2n + 1
+ +···+ 2 = − , n ∈ N, n ≥ 2.
22 − 1 32 − 1 n − 1 4 2n(n + 1)
Problem 1.28. Prove that
1.
4n ≥ 1 + 3n, n ∈ N.
2.
2n > 2n + 1, n ∈ N, n ≥ 3.
3.
2n > n2 , n ∈ N, n ≥ 5.
4.
1 1 1 1 √
√ + √ + √ + · · · + √ > n, n ∈ N, n ≥ 2.
1 2 3 n
5.
1 1 1 13
+ +···+ > , n ∈ N, n ≥ 2.
n+1 n+2 n + n 24
6.
| sin(nα)| ≤ n| sin α|, n ∈ N, α ∈ R.
7.
3n ≤ 2n−1 (1 + 2n ), n ∈ N.
1.7 Advanced Practical Problems 63
8.
1 1 1
+ + · · · + < 3, n ∈ N.
1! 2! n!
9.
5n ≥ 1 + 4n, n ∈ N.
10.
1 1 1 n
1+ + +···+ n > , n ∈ N.
2 3 2 −1 2
Chapter 2
Rn and Cn
Complex numbers were invented so that we can take square roots of negative num-
bers. The idea is to assume we have a square root of −1, denoted √ i, that obeys
the usual rules of arithmetic. The symbol i was first used to denote −1 by Swiss
mathematician Leonardo Euler in 1777.
Definition 2.1. A complex number is an ordered pair (a, b), where a, b ∈ R. We will
write this as a + bi. The set of all complex numbers is denoted by C, i.e.,
C = {a + bi : a, b ∈ R}.
65
66 2 Rn and Cn
and
(a + bi)(c + di) = (ac − bd) + (ad + bc)i,
respectively, where a, b, c, d ∈ R.
i2 = i · i
= (0 + 1i)(0 + 1i)
= (0 · 0 − 1 · 1) + (0 · 1 + 1 · 0)i
= −1 + 0i
= −1.
= 7 + 12i
and
= −23 + 43i.
= 6 + 8i
and
= −7 + 22i.
= (2 + 3) + ((−4) + 1)i
= 5 + (−3)i
= 5 − 3i
and
= (6 + 4) + (2 − 12)i
= 10 + (−10)i
= 10 − 10i.
Now, we will list some of the properties of the defined operations addition and
multiplication of two complex numbers. Let z1 , z2 , z3 ∈ C,
z1 = a1 + b1 i, z2 = a2 + b2 i, z3 = a3 + b3 i,
z1 + z2 = z2 + z1 ,
z1 z2 = z2 z1 .
68 2 Rn and Cn
Proof. We have
z1 + z2 = (a1 + b1 i) + (a2 + b2 i)
= (a1 + a2 ) + (b1 + b2 )i
= (a2 + a1 ) + (b2 + b1 )i
= z2 + z1
and
z1 z2 = (a1 + b1 i)(a2 + b2 i)
= (a1 a2 − b1 b2 ) + (a1 b2 + b1 a2 )i
= (a2 a1 − b2 b1 ) + (b2 a1 + a2 b1 )i
= (a2 a1 − b2 b1 ) + (a2 b1 + b2 a1 )i
= (a2 + b2 i)(a1 + b1 i)
= z2 z1 .
(z1 + z2 ) + z3 = z1 + (z2 + z3 ),
Proof. We have
= ((a1 + a2 ) + a3 ) + ((b1 + b2 ) + b3 )i
= z1 + (z2 + z3 )
and
= (a1 a2 a3 − b1 b2 a3 − a1 b2 b3 − b1 a2 b3 )
+(a1 a2 b3 − b1 b2 b3 + a1 b2 a3 + b1 a2 a3 )i
= z1 (z2 z3 ).
z1 + 0 = z1 ,
z1 1 = z1 .
Proof. We have
70 2 Rn and Cn
z1 + 0 = (a1 + b1 i) + (0 + 0i)
= a1 + b1 i
= z1
and
= a1 + b1 i
= z1 .
0 = 0 + 0i
= z1 + w1
= (a1 + b1 i) + (w1 + w2 i)
a1 + w1 = 0
b1 + w2 = 0.
Hence,
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 71
w1 = −a1
w2 = −b1 ,
i.e.,
w = −a1 + (−b1 )i
= −a1 − b1 i
and this is the unique solution of the equation z1 + w = 0. This completes the
proof.
5. Multiplicative Inverse
Suppose that z1 6= 0. There is a unique y ∈ C so that z1 y = 1.
Proof. Since z1 6= 0, then a1 6= 0 or b1 6= 0. Without loss of generality, suppose
that a1 6= 0. Let
y = y1 + y2 i, y1 , y2 ∈ R.
Then
1 = 1 + 0i
= z1 y
= (a1 + b1 i)(y1 + y2 i)
a1 y1 − b1 y2 = 1
a1 y2 + b1 y1 = 0,
whereupon
a1 y1 − b1 y2 = 1
a1 y2 = −b1 y1 ,
or
a1 y1 − b1 y2 = 1
72 2 Rn and Cn
b1
y2 = − y1 ,
a1
or
b21
a1 y1 + y1 = 1
a1
b1
y2 = − y1 ,
a1
or
a21 + b21
y1 = 1
a1
b1
y2 = − y1 ,
a1
or
a1
y1 =
a21 + b21
b1
y2 = − .
a21 + b21
Thus,
a1 b1
y= − i
a21 + b21 a21 + b21
and this is the unique solution of the equation z1 y = 1. This completes the proof.
6. Distributivity
z1 (z2 + z3 ) = z1 z2 + z1 z3 .
Proof. We have
= (a1 a2 + a1 a3 − b1 b2 − b1 b3 )
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 73
+(a1 b2 + a1 b3 + b1 a2 + b1 a3 )i
= (a1 a2 − b1 b2 ) + (a1 a3 − b1 b3 )
+(a1 b2 + b1 a2 )i + (a1 b3 + b1 a3 )i
= z1 z2 + z1 z3 .
Definition 2.3. Let z1 , z2 ∈ C. With −z2 we will denote the additive inverse of z2 .
Thus, −z2 is the unique complex number so that
z2 + (−z2 ) = 0.
Subtraction on C is defined by
z1 − z2 = z1 + (−z2 ).
1
Definition 2.4. Let z1 , z2 ∈ C and z2 6= 0. With or z−1
2 we denote the multiplica-
z2
1
tive inverse of z2 . Thus, or z−1
2 is the unique complex number so that
z2
1
z2 =1
z2
or
z2 z−1
2 = 1.
Division on C is defined by
z1 1 1
= z1 = z1
z2 z2 z2
or
z1
= z1 z−1 −1
2 = z2 z1 ,
z2
74 2 Rn and Cn
provided that z2 6= 0.
z1 = (1 + i)(2 − 3i).
We have
z1 = (1 · 2 − 1 · (−3)) + (1 · 2 + 1 · (−3))i
= (2 + 3) + (2 − 3)i
= 5 + (−1)i
= 5 − i.
5 −1
z−1
1 = − i
52 + (−1)2 52 + (−1)2
5 1
= + i
25 + 1 25 + 1
5 1
= + i
26 26
5+i
= .
26
Then
z = (5 − i)z−1
1
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 75
5+i
= (5 − i)
26
1
= ((5 + i)(5 − i))
26
1
= ((5 · 5 − (−1) · 1) + (5 · 1 + (−1) · 5)i)
26
1
= ((25 + 1) + (5 − 5)i)
26
1
= · 26
26
= 1.
z1 = (1 + i)(1 − 2i).
We have
= (1 + 2) + (−2 + 1)i
= 3 + (−1)i
= 3 − i.
3 −1
z−1
1 = − i
32 + (−1)2 32 + (−1)2
3 1
= + i
9+1 9+1
3 1
= + i
10 10
76 2 Rn and Cn
3+i
= .
10
Then
z = (3 + i)z−1
1
3+i
= (3 + i)
10
1
= ((3 + i)(3 + i))
10
1
= ((3 · 3 − 1 · 1) + (3 · 1 + 1 · 3)i)
10
1
= ((9 − 1) + (3 + 3)i)
10
1
= (8 + 6i)
10
8 6
= + i
10 10
4 3
= + i.
5 5
Example 2.6. We will represent the complex number
(1 + i)(2 + i) (1 − i)(2 − i)
z= −
2−i 2+i
in the form a + bi, a, b ∈ R. Firstly, we will find
z1 = (1 + i)(2 + i)
and
z2 = (1 − i)(2 − i).
We have
z1 = (1 · 2 − 1 · 1) + (1 · 2 + 1 · 1)i
= (2 − 1) + (2 + 1)i
= 1 + 3i
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 77
and
= (2 − 1) + (−1 − 2)i
= 1 + (−3)i
= 1 − 3i.
Then
z1 z2
z= −
2−i 2+i
1 + 3i 1 − 3i
= − .
2−i 2+i
Set
z3 = 2 − i,
z4 = 2 + i.
2 −1
z−1
3 = − i
22 + (−1)2 22 + (−1)2
2 1
= + i
4+1 4+1
2 1
= + i
5 5
2+i
=
5
and
2 1
z−1
4 = − i
22 + 12 22 + 12
2 1
= − i
4+1 4+1
2 1
= − i
5 5
78 2 Rn and Cn
2−i
= .
5
Therefore
z = z1 z−1 −1
3 − z2 z4
2+i 2−i
= (1 + 3i) − (1 − 3i)
5 5
1 1
= ((1 + 3i)(2 + i)) − ((1 − 3i)(2 − i))
5 5
1
= ((1 · 2 − 3 · 1) + (3 · 2 + 1 · 1)i)
5
1
− ((1 · 2 − (−3) · (−1)) + (1 · (−1) + (−3) · 1)i)
5
1 1
= ((2 − 3) + (6 + 1)i) − ((2 − 3) + (−1 − 6)i)
5 5
1 1
= (−1 + 7i) − (−1 − 7i)
5 5
1 1
= (−1 + 7i) + (1 + 7i)
5 5
1
= ((−1 + 1) + (7 + 7)i)
5
1
= (0 + 14i)
5
14
= i.
5
Exercise 2.2. Represent in the form a + bi, a, b ∈ R, the following complex num-
bers.
1
1. .
i
1+i
2. .
1 + 2i
2 − 17i 2 + i
3. − .
3 3+i
4. (2 + 3i)(3 − 2i) + (2 − 3i)(3 + 2i).
3+i 3−i
5. + .
3−i 3+i
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 79
(zm n mn
1 ) = z1
and
(z1 z2 )m = zm m
1 z2 .
i3 = i · i · i
= i2 · i
= (−1) · i
= −i.
(2i)4 = 24 i4
= 16(i2 )2
= 16(−1)2
= 16.
0 1
= − i
02 + 12 02 + 12
= −i.
(z1 − z2 )(z1 + z2 ) = z1 z1 − z1 z2 − z2 z1 + z2 z2
= z21 − z1 z2 − z1 z2 + z22
= z1 z1 ± z1 z2 ± z2 z1 + z2 z2
= z21 ± z1 z2 ± z1 z2 + z22
= z31 ± z32 .
(1 − i)2 = 12 − 2 · 1 · i + i2
= 1 − 2i − 1
= −2i.
z2 = i + 2,
z3 = (i − 1)2 .
Consider z1 . We have
2−i
z1 =
z2
= (2 − i)z−1
2 .
2 1
z−1
2 = − i
22 + 12 22 + 12
2 1
= − i.
5 5
Hence,
z1 = (2 − i)z−1
2
2 1
= (2 − i) − i
5 5
2 1 1 2
= 2 · − (−1) − + 2 − + (−1) · i
5 5 5 5
4 1 2 2
= − + − − i
5 5 5 5
3 4
= − i.
5 5
Next,
z3 = (i − 1)2
= i2 − 2i + 12
= −1 − 2i + 1
= −2i.
Consequently
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 83
z = z1 + z3
3 4
= − i − 2i
5 5
3 4
= − +2 i
5 5
3 14
= − i.
5 5
Example 2.12. We will compute
7−i
z = (2 − i)2 + (1 + i)4 − .
2+i
Set
z1 = (2 − i)2 ,
z2 = (1 + i)4 ,
7−i
z3 = ,
2+i
z4 = 2 + i.
Consider z1 . We have
z1 = (2 − i)2
= 22 − 2 · 2 · i + i2
= 4 − 4i − 1
= 3 − 4i.
Next,
z2 = (1 + i)4
= (1 + i)2 (1 + i)2
= (12 + 2 · 1 · i + i2 )(12 + 2 · 1 · i + i2 )
84 2 Rn and Cn
= (1 + 2i − 1)(1 + 2i − 1)
= (2i)(2i)
= 4i2
= −4.
Note that
7−i
z3 =
z4
= (7 − i)z−1
4 .
2 1
z−1
4 = − i
22 + 12 22 + 12
2 1
= − i
4+1 4+1
2 1
= − i.
5 5
Then
z3 = (7 − i)z−1
4
2 1
= (7 − i) − i
5 5
2 1 1 2
= 7 · − (−1) − + 7· − + (−1) · i
5 5 5 5
14 1 7 2
= − + − − i
5 5 5 5
13 9
= − i.
5 5
Consequently
z = z1 + z2 − z3
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 85
13 9
= (3 − 4i) + (−4) − − i
5 5
13 9
= ((3 − 4) − 4i) + − + i
5 5
13 9
= (−1 − 4i) + − + i
5 5
13 9
= −1 − + −4 + i
5 5
18 11
=− − i.
5 5
Exercise 2.4. Compute
1.
(1 − i)4 + (1 + i)4 .
2.
(2 + i)3 − (2 − i)3
.
(2 + i)2 − (2 − i)2
3.
(1 + i)30 .
4. 3
1−i
.
1+i
5.
√ !20
1 − 3i
.
i−1
6.
1
√ .
( 3 − i)17
7. √
(1 + i)8 (1 − 3i)6 .
8.
1 7 1
i − 7 .
2i i
9.
3(i + 1)4 + 5(1 + i)3 + 3(1 + i)7 + 4(1 + i) − 2.
10. √
(1 − i)4 ( 3 + i)6 .
86 2 Rn and Cn
z2 + z + 1 = 0.
We have
√
−1 ± 12 − 4 · 1
z1,2 =
2
√
−1 ± −3
=
2
√ √
−1 ± 3 −1
=
2
√
−1 ± 3i
= .
2
Example 2.14. We will solve the equation
z2 + (3 + 2i)z − 7 + 17i = 0.
We have
p
−(3 + 2i) ± (3 + 2i)2 − 4(−7 + 17i)
z1,2 =
2
√
−3 − 2i ± 9 + 12i + 4i2 + 28 − 68i
=
2
√
−3 − 2i ± 37 − 56i − 4
=
2
√
−3 − 2i ± 33 − 56i
= .
2
Let √
33 − 56i = a + bi,
where a, b ∈ R. Then
33 − 56i = (a + bi)2
= a2 + 2abi + b2 i2
= a2 − b2 + 2abi.
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 87
a2 − b2 = 33
2ab = −56
or
a2 − b2 = 33
ab = −28,
or
a2 − b2 = 33
28
b=− .
a
By the last system, we arrive at the equation
28 2
2
a − − = 33
a
or
784
a2 − = 33,
a2
or
a4 − 33a2 − 784 = 0.
Set
t = a2 .
Then t ≥ 0 and we obtain the following quadratic equation
t 2 − 33t − 784 = 0.
Hence,
p
332 − 4 · (−784)
33 ±
t1,2 =
2
√
33 ± 1089 + 3136
=
2
√
33 ± 4225
=
2
88 2 Rn and Cn
33 ± 65
=
2
and
33 + 65
t1 =
2
98
=
2
= 49,
33 − 65
t2 =
2
32
=−
2
= −16.
a=7
b = −4
or
a = −7
b = 4.
Therefore √
33 − 56i = 7 − 4i
or √
33 − 56i = −7 + 4i.
From here, for the solutions of the given equation, we find
−3 − 2i + 7 − 4i
z1 =
2
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 89
4 − 6i
=
2
= 2 − 3i
and
−3 − 2i − 7 + 4i
z2 =
2
−10 + 2i
=
2
= −5 + i.
z2 − 3z + 3 + i = 0.
We have
p
3± 9 − 4(3 + i)
z1,2 =
2
√
3 ± 9 − 12 − 4i
=
2
√
3 ± −3 − 4i
= .
2
Let √
−3 − 4i = a + bi,
where a, b ∈ R. Then
−3 − 4i = (a + bi)2
= a2 + 2abi + b2 i2
= a2 − b2 + 2abi.
a2 − b2 = −3
2ab = −4
90 2 Rn and Cn
or
a2 − b2 = −3
ab = −2,
or
a2 − b2 = −3
2
b=− .
a
By the last system we arrive at the equation
2 2
2
a − − = −3
a
or
4
a2 − = −3,
a2
or
a4 + 3a2 − 4 = 0.
Set
t = a2 .
Then t ≥ 0 and we obtain the following quadratic equation
t 2 + 3t − 4 = 0.
2
=
2
= 1,
−3 − 5
t2 =
2
−8
=
2
= −4.
a=1
b = −2
or
a = −1
b = 2.
From here, √
−3 − 4i = 1 − 2i
or √
−3 − 4i = −1 + 2i.
For the solutions of the given equation, we have
3 + 1 − 2i
z1 =
2
4 − 2i
=
2
= 2−i
and
92 2 Rn and Cn
3 − 1 + 2i
z2 =
2
2 + 2i
=
2
= 1 + i.
z + 2w = 1 + i
3z + iw = 2 − 3i.
We have
z = −2w + 1 + i
3z + iw = 2 − 3i.
3(−2w + 1 + i) + iw = 2 − 3i
or
−6w + 3 + 3i + iw = 2 − 3i,
or
(−6 + i)w = −1 − 6i,
whereupon
1 + 6i
w=−
−6 + i
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 93
=i
and
z = −2w + 1 + i
= −2i + 1 + i
= 1 − i.
Consequently
z = 1−i
w=i
z+w = 5+i
2iz − w = 7 + 2i.
We have
z = −w + 5 + i
2iz − w = 7 + 2i.
94 2 Rn and Cn
2i(−w + 5 + i) − w = 7 + 2i
or
−2iw + 2i(5 + i) − w = 7 + 2i,
or
−(1 + 2i)w + (0 · 5 − 2 · 1) + (0 · 1 + 2 · 5)i = 7 + 2i,
or
−(1 + 2i)w − 2 + 10i = 7 + 2i,
or
−(1 + 2i)w = 9 − 8i,
whereupon
9 − 8i
w=−
1 + 2i
z = −w + 5 + i
7 26
= − − i+5+i
5 5
2.2 The Arithmetic of the Complex Numbers 95
18 21
= − i.
5 5
Consequently
18 21
z= − i
5 5
7 26
w= + i
5 5
is the solution of the considered system.
(2 + i)z + w = 5
(1 + i)z − iw = 2 − i.
We have
w = 5 − (2 + i)z
(1 + i)z − iw = 2 − i.
or
(1 − i)z − 5i + i(2 + i)z = 2 − i,
or
(1 − i)z − 5i + ((0 · 2 − 1 · 1) + (1 · 2 + 0 · 1)i)z = 2 − i,
or
(1 − i)z − 5i + (−1 + 2i)z = 2 − i,
or
(1 − i − 1 + 2i)z = 2 + 4i,
or
iz = 2 + 4i,
whereupon
2 + 4i
z=
i
96 2 Rn and Cn
= (2 + 4i)i−1
0 1
= (2 + 4i) − i
02 + 12 02 + 12
= (2 + 4i)(−i)
= 4 − 2i
and
w = 5 − (2 + i)z
= 5 − (2 + i)(4 − 2i)
= 5 − 10
= −5.
Consequently
z = 4 − 2i
w = −5
(3 + i)z + iw = 6 − i
4z − 3iw = −5 + i.
2.
(9 + i)z + (4 − i)w 5iz − 11
− = 13 − w
3 2
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value 97
13z − (7 + i)w = −8 − i.
3.
z + 3 + i − 5iw (3 − i)z − 4w + 3
=
2 3
6 − i + 3z − w 12z − (1 + i)w
= .
3 4
4.
2iw − (1 + i)z = −5
w = 1 + i − 3iz.
5.
3iz − (1 + i)w = 13 − i
Definition 2.6. Suppose that z = a + bi, where a, b ∈ R. The real part of z, denoted
by ℜz, is defined by ℜz = a. The imaginary part of z, denoted by ℑz, is defined by
ℑz = b.
Thus, for any complex number z, we have
z = ℜz + (ℑz)i.
ℜz = 3,
ℑz = −2.
3 1
Example 2.20. Let z = + i. Then
5 4
3
ℜz = ,
5
1
ℑz = .
4
98 2 Rn and Cn
z = (1 − i)2 (2 + i).
z = (1 − i)2 (2 + i)
= (12 − 2 · 1 · i + i2 )(2 + i)
= (1 − 2i − 1)(2 + i)
= (−2i)(2 + i)
= 2 − 4i.
Consequently
ℜz = 2,
ℑz = −4.
ℜz = 2,
ℑz = 3,
z = 2 − 3i,
q
|z| = (ℜz)2 + (ℑz)2
p
= 22 + 32
√
= 4+9
√
= 13.
1+i
z= (i − 2).
4−i
Firstly, we will find z. We have
1+i
z= (i − 2)
4−i
= (1 + i)(4 − i)−1 (i − 2)
4 1
= (1 + i) 2 + i (i − 2)
1 + 42 42 + 12
4 1
= (1 + i) + i (i − 2)
17 17
100 2 Rn and Cn
1
= (1 + i)(4 + i)(i − 2)
17
1
= (1 + i) ((4 · (−2) − 1 · 1) + (4 · 1 + (−2) · 1)i)
17
1
= (1 + i)(−9 + 2i)
17
1
= ((1 · (−9) − 1 · 2) + (1 · 2 + 1 · (−9)))
17
1
= ((−9 − 2) + (2 − 9)i)
17
1
= (−11 − 7i)
17
11 7
=− − i.
17 17
Then
11
ℜz = − ,
17
7
ℑz = − ,
17
11 7
z=− + i,
17 17
q
|z| = (ℜz)2 + (ℑz)2
s 2
7 2
11
= − + −
17 17
r
121 49
= +
289 289
r
170
=
289
√
170
= √
289
√
170
= .
17
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value 101
z = (1 − i)3 + (2 + i)3 .
We have
z = 1 3 − 3 · 1 2 · i + 3 · 1 · i2 − i3
+23 + 3 · 22 · i + 3 · 2 · i2 + i3
= 1 − 3i − 3 − i2 · i + 8 + 12i − 6 + i2 · i
= 9i + i − i
= 9i.
Hence,
ℜz = 0,
ℑz = 9,
z = −9i,
q
|z| = (ℜz)2 + (ℑz)2
p
= 02 + 92
√
= 81
= 9.
4.
1+i 1−i
z= +i .
(3 − 2i)2 7+i
5.
3−i 2+i
z= − .
(2 + i)(4 − i) (1 − 2i)(3 + 4i)
Now, we will list some of the properties of the complex numbers. Suppose that
z1 , z2 ∈ C, z2 6= 0. Then we have the following.
1. z1 + z1 = 2ℜz1 .
Proof. Indeed, we have
z1 = ℜz1 + (ℑz1 )i,
(2.1)
z1 = ℜz1 − (ℑz1 )i.
We add the last two equations and we find
= 2ℜz1 .
= 2(ℑz1 )i.
we obtain
= (ℜz1 )2 − (ℑz1 )2 i2
= (ℜz1 )2 + (ℑz1 )2
= |z1 |2 .
z1 = ℜz1 − (ℑz1 )i
= ℜz1 + (−(ℑz1 )) i.
Then
z1 = ℜz1 − (−(ℑz1 )) i
= ℜz1 + (ℑz1 )i
= z1 .
Hence,
z1 ± z2 = (ℜz1 ± ℜz2 ) + (ℑz1 ± ℑz2 )i
and
104 2 Rn and Cn
and
= z1 ± z2 .
Then
and
and
= z1 z2 .
Then
ℜz2 ℑz2
z−1
2 = 2
− i,
(ℜz2 ) + (ℑz 2 )2 (ℜz2 ) + (ℑz2 )2
2
ℜz2 (−ℑz2 )
z2 −1 = − i
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
ℜz2 ℑz2
= + i.
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
Hence,
z1
= z1 · z2 −1
z2
106 2 Rn and Cn
ℜz2 ℑz2
= (ℜz1 − (ℑz1 )i) + i
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
ℜz2 ℑz2
= (ℜz1 ) − (−(ℑz 1 ))
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
ℑz2 ℜz2
+ (ℜz1 ) + (−(ℑz1 )) i
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
(ℜz1 )(ℜz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℑz2 )
= +
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
(ℜz1 )(ℑz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℜz2 )
+ − i.
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
Next,
z1
= z1 z−1
2
z2
ℜz2 ℑz2
= (ℜz1 + (ℑz1 )i) − i
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
ℜz2 ℑz2
= (ℜz1 ) − (ℑz1 ) −
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
ℑz2 ℜz2
+ (ℜz1 ) − + (ℑz 1 ) i
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
(ℜz1 )(ℜz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℑz2 )
= +
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
(ℜz1 )(ℑz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℜz2 )
+ − + i.
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
Therefore
z1
= z1 z−1
2
z2
(ℜz1 )(ℜz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℑz2 )
= +
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
(ℜz1 )(ℑz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℜz2 )
− − + i
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
(ℜz1 )(ℜz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℑz2 )
= +
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value 107
(ℜz1 )(ℑz2 ) (ℑz1 )(ℜz2 )
+ 2 2
− i
(ℜz2 ) + (ℑz2 ) (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
z1
= .
z2
This completes the proof.
8. |z1 | = |z1 |.
Proof. We have
Hence,
|z1 |2 = (ℜz1 )2 + (ℑz1 )2
and
= (ℜz1 )2 + (ℑz1 )2
= |z1 |2 .
= |z1 |.
= |z1 |.
Then
= |z1 |2 |z2 |2 .
and
|z2 |2 = (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 .
Then
2
1
= z−1 2
z2 2
(ℜz2 )2 (ℑz2 )2
= +
((ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 )2 ((ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 )2
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
=
((ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2 )2
1
=
(ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz 2)
2
1
= .
|z2 |2
= |z1 | z−1
2
1
= |z1 |
|z2 |
110 2 Rn and Cn
|z1 |
= .
|z2 |
from where q
2a1 a2 + 2b1 b2 ≤ 2 (a21 + b21 )(a22 + b22 ),
and
q
a21 + a22 + b21 + b22 + 2a1 a2 + 2b1 b2 ≤ a21 + a22 + b21 + b22 + 2 (a21 + b21 )(a22 + b22 ),
or
q q
(a21 +2a1 a2 +a22 )+(b21 +2b1 b2 +b22 ) ≤ (a21 +b21 )+2 a21 + b21 a22 + b22 +(a22 +b22 ),
or q 2
q
2 2
(a1 + a2 ) + (b1 + b2 ) ≤ a21 + b21 + 2 2
a2 + b2 .
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value 111
a1 = ℜz1 ,
a2 = ℜz2 ,
b1 = ℑz1 ,
b2 = ℑz2 ,
and we get
q
|z1 + z2 | = (ℜz1 + Re z2 )2 + (ℑz1 + ℑz2 )2
q q
≤ (ℜz1 )2 + (ℑz1 )2 + (ℜz2 )2 + (ℑz2 )2
= |z1 | + |z2 |.
Example 2.25. Let z1 , z2 ∈ C and |z1 | = |z2 | = c, where c ∈ R. We will prove that
= z1 z1 + z1 z2 + z2 z1 + z2 z2 + z1 z1 − z1 z2 − z2 z1 + z2 z2
= 2(|z1 |2 + |z2 |2 )
= 2(c2 + c2 )
= 4c2 .
Remark 2.1. By the computations in the last example, we conclude that for any two
complex numbers z1 , z2 ∈ C, we have
Let
z1 = a1 + b1 i,
z2 = a2 + b2 i,
z3 = a3 + b3 i,
a1 , a2 , a3 , b1 , b2 , b3 ∈ R. Then
z2 = a2 − b2 i,
z2 z3 = (a2 − b2 i)(a3 + b3 i)
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value 113
ℑ(z2 z3 ) = a2 b3 − b2 a3 .
Hence,
z1 ℑ(z2 z3 ) = (a2 b3 − b2 a3 )(a1 + b1 i)
z3 = a3 − b3 i,
z1 z3 = (a1 + b1 i)(a3 − b3 i)
ℑ(z1 z3 ) = b1 a3 − a1 b3 .
From here,
Moreover,
z1 = a1 − b1 i,
z1 z2 = (a1 − b1 i)(a2 + b2 i)
ℑ(z1 z2 ) = a1 b2 − b1 a2 .
Therefore
+(a2 a3 b1 − a1 a2 b3 ) + (a3 b1 b2 − a1 b2 b3 )i
+(a1 a3 b2 − a2 a3 b1 ) + (a1 b2 b3 − a2 b1 b3 )i
= 0.
z1 z2 z3 = z1 z2 z3 .
Really,
z1 z2 z3 = (z1 z2 )z3
= (z1 z2 )z3
= z1 z2 z3 .
z2 + |z| = 0.
z2 = (a + bi)2
= a2 + 2abi + b2 i2
= a2 − b2 + 2abi
and p
|z| = a2 + b2 .
Hence, we obtain
0 = z2 + |z|
p
= a2 − b2 + 2abi + a2 + b2 .
or
−b2 + |b| = 0.
a. Let b > 0. Then
−b2 + b = 0
or
b(1 − b) = 0,
whereupon b = 1 and z1 = i.
b. Let b ≤ 0 Then
−b2 − b = 0
or
b(b + 1) = 0.
116 2 Rn and Cn
z−4
z − 8 = 1.
|z − 12|2 25
=
|z − 8i|2 9
|z − 4|2
= 1.
|z − 8|2
z − 12 = a + bi − 12
= (a − 12) + bi,
|z − 12|2 = (a − 12)2 + b2
= a2 − 24a + b2 + 144,
z − 8i = a + bi − 8i
= a + (b − 8)i,
|z − 8i|2 = a2 + (b − 8)2
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value 117
= a2 + b2 − 16b + 64,
z − 4 = a + bi − 4
= a − 4 + bi,
|z − 4|2 = (a − 4)2 + b2
= a2 − 8a + b2 + 16,
z − 8 = a + bi − 8
= a − 8 + bi,
|z − 8|2 = (a − 8)2 + b2
= a2 − 16a + b2 + 64.
a2 − 24a + b2 + 144 25
=
a2 + b2 − 16b + 64 9
a2 − 8a + b2 + 16
= 1,
a2 − 16a + b2 + 64
whereupon
a2 − 8a + b2 + 16 = a2 − 16a + b2 + 64,
or
8a = 48,
or
a = 6,
or
a = 6.
or
72 + 2b2 + 162 − 50b = −38,
or
b2 − 25b + 136 = 0.
For the roots of the last quadratic equation, we have
√
25 ± 252 − 4 · 1 · 136
b1,2 =
2
√
25 ± 625 − 544
=
2
√
25 ± 81
=
2
25 ± 9
=
2
and
25 + 9
b1 =
2
34
=
2
= 17,
25 − 9
b2 =
2
16
=
2
2.3 Complex Conjugate. Absolute Value 119
= 8.
Consequently
z1 = a + b1 i
= 6 + 17i
and
z2 = a + b2 i
= 6 + 8i
z|z| − z − i = 0.
and
0 = z|z| − z − i
p
= a2 + b2 (a + bi) − (a + bi) − i
p p
= a a2 + b2 + (b a2 + b2 )i − a − bi − i
p p
= a a2 + b2 − a + b a2 + b2 − b − 1 .
or
120 2 Rn and Cn
p
a a2 + b2 − 1 = 0
p (2.5)
b a2 + b2 − 1 = 1.
Thus, by the first equation of the system (2.5), we find a = 0 and then
√
b( b2 − 1) = 0.
1. Let b ≥ 0. Then
b(b − 1) = 0,
whereupon b = 0 or b = 1, and
z1 = 0, z2 = i
z2 + |z| = 0
z = −4z.
2.5 Lists 121
8.
z2 + |z| = 0.
9.
z4 = z4 .
10.
z = z.
Throughout this book, F stands for either R and C. Thus, if we prove a theorem
in F, we will know that it holds when F is replaced with R and F is replaced with
C. The letter F is used because R and C are examples of what are called fields.
Elements of F are called scalars. The word ”scalar”, a fancy word for ”number”, is
often used when we want to emphasize that an object is a number, as opposed to a
vector (vectors will be defined soon).
2.5 Lists
Two lists are equal if and only if they have the same length and the same elements
in the same order. Thus, a list of length 2 is an ordered pair, a list of length 3 is an
ordered triple.
Remark 2.2. Many mathematicians call a list of length n an n-tuple.
Sometimes we will use the word list without specifying its length. Remember that
by definition each list has a finite length that is a non negative integer. Thus, an
object that looks like this
(x1 , x2 , . . .)
which may be said to have infinite length, is not a list. A list of length 0 looks like
this (). Lists differ from sets in two ways: in lists, order matters and repetitions have
meaning. In sets, order and repetitions are irrelevant.
Example 2.31. (1, 2, 3, −4) is a list of order 4.
122 2 Rn and Cn
Example 2.33. The lists (2, 2) and (2, 2, 2) are not equal because they do not have
the same length. Although, the sets {2, 2} and {2, 2, 2} both equal the set {2}.
2.6 Fn
For (x1 , . . . , xn ) ∈ Fn and j ∈ {1, . . . , n}, we say that x j is the jth coordinate of
(x1 , . . . , xn ).
Example 2.34. R3 is the set of all lists of three real numbers, i.e.,
R3 = {(x1 , x2 , x3 ) : x1 , x2 , x3 ∈ R}.
Example 2.35. C4 is the set of all lists of four complex numbers, i.e.,
C4 = {(z1 , z2 , z3 , z4 ) : z1 , z2 , z3 , z4 ∈ C}.
λ (x1 , . . . , xn ) = (λ x1 , . . . , λ xn ).
Now, we will deduct some of the properties of the defined two operations in Fn .
Suppose that
x + y = (x1 , . . . , xn ) + (y1 , . . . , yn )
= (x1 + y1 , . . . , xn + yn )
= (y1 + x1 , . . . , yn + xn )
= (y1 , . . . , yn ) + (x1 , . . . , xn )
= y + x.
2.
= (x1 , . . . , xn ) + (y1 + z1 , . . . , yn + zn )
= ((x1 + y1 ) + z1 , . . . , (xn + yn ) + zn )
= (x1 + y1 , . . . , xn + yn ) + (z1 , . . . , zn )
= (x + y) + z.
3. Let
0 = (0, . . . , 0).
Then
x + 0 = (x1 , . . . , xn ) + (0, . . . , 0)
= (x1 + 0, . . . , xn + 0)
= (x1 , . . . , xn )
124 2 Rn and Cn
= x.
4. Let
w = (−x1 , . . . , −xn ).
Then
= (0, . . . , 0).
5.
1x = 1(x1 , . . . , xn )
= (1x1 , . . . , 1xn )
= (x1 , . . . , xn )
= x.
6.
= a(x1 + y1 , . . . , xn + yn )
= (a(x1 + y1 ), . . . , a(xn + yn ))
= a(x1 , . . . , xn ) + a(y1 , . . . , yn )
= ax + ay.
Next,
2.6 Fn 125
= a(x1 + y1 , . . . , xn + yn )
= (a(x1 + y1 ), . . . , a(xn + yn ))
= a(x1 , . . . , xn ) + a(y1 , . . . , yn )
= ax + ay.
x = (−1, 2, 1),
We will find
2x − 3y.
We have
2x = 2(−1, 2, 1)
= (2 · (−1), 2 · 2, 2 · 1)
= (−2, 4, 2)
and
3y = 3(3, −4, 2)
= (3 · 3, 3 · (−4), 3 · 2)
Therefore
126 2 Rn and Cn
= (−2 − 9, 4 − (−12), 2 − 6)
We will find
iz + 2w.
We have
and
2w = 2(2, −3, 1 + i, 1 − i)
Therefore
We have
Then
= (1 + 2i + z1 , −1 + z2 , −1 + 3i + z3 ).
1 + 2i + z1 = 1 − i
−1 + z2 = 2i
−1 + 3i + z3 = 3,
whereupon
z1 = 1 − i − 1 − 2i
z2 = 1 + 2i
z3 = 3 + 1 + 2i,
or
z1 = −3i
z2 = 1 + 2i
z3 = 4 + 2i.
z = (1 − i, 2 + 7i, 3 − 4i),
w = (2i, 3 − i, 2),
v = (1 + i, 2 − 3i, 4).
Find
1. 2z.
2. (1 + i)w.
3. (4 − 3i)v.
4. 2z − (1 + i)w.
5. (1 + i)w + (3 − 3i)v.
Problem 2.2. Represent in the form a + bi, a, b ∈ R, the following complex num-
bers.
1. i(1 + i).
2. (2 − i)(3 + i).
5i
3. .
2+i
3 + 4i
4. .
i
1
5. √ .
5 − 2i
6. (2 + 3i)(4 − 3i) + (3 − 4i)(4 + 3i).
7. (1 − i)(4 + 3i)(2 + i)(3 + i).
2−i 2+i
8. + .
2+i 2−i
1
9. .
i+1
2.7 Advanced Practical Problems 129
3+i
10. .
4−i
Problem 2.3. Find
1. (3i)6 .
2. i11 .
3. i15 .
4. i412 .
1
5. 273
.
i
Problem 2.4. Compute
1. √
(1 + i)10 ( 3 + i)9 .
2. √
(−1 + 3i)90 .
3. 33
1+i 1
+ (1 − i)10 + (2 + 3i)(2 − 3i) + .
1−i i
4.
√ !30
1 + 3i
.
1−i
5.
(1 − i)5 − 1
.
(1 + i)5 + 1
6.
(1 + i)1000
.
(1 − i)998
7.
1 + (1 + i) + (1 + i)2 + (1 + i)3 + · · · + (1 + i)20 .
8.
1
i2 + .
i2
9. 2
3 1 − 5i
(1 − i) + .
1+i
10. 2
1 − 2i
(1 + i)4 + (1 + i)2 .
1−i
Problem 2.5. Solve the following equations.
130 2 Rn and Cn
1.
16z2 + 4z + 1 = 0.
2.
z2 − (2 + 3i)z + 4i − 2 = 0.
3.
z2 + 3z + 2i = 0.
4.
(1 + i)z2 + 3iz + 1 − i = 0.
5.
2(1 + i)z2 − 4(2 − i)z − 5 − 3i = 0.
6iz − (1 + i)w = 11 − 2i
12iz − (2 − i)w − 2z + i = 0.
2.
5iz − (6 + i)w = −2 + i
3.
(8 + i)z − 5iw + 16 − i = 0
10iz + (3 − i)w − 17 = 0.
4.
5.
2.
|z1 + z2 |2 = (|z1 | + |z2 |)2 − 2 (|z1 z2 − ℜ(z1 z2 )) .
3.
|z1 + z2 |2 = (|z1 | − |z2 |)2 + 2 (|z1 z2 | + ℜ(z1 z2 )) .
4.
||z1 | − |z2 || ≤ |z1 | + |z2 |.
132 2 Rn and Cn
5.
||z1 | − |z2 || ≤ |z1 − z2 |.
14.
z − 1 + 4i 3
z − 8i = 2 .
15.
z + 3z = 5.
16.
2.7 Advanced Practical Problems 133
z + 2 + |z − i| = 3 + i.
Find
1. (1 + i)z.
2. (2 − 3i)w.
3. (1 + 7i)v.
4. (1 + i)z + (2 − 3i)w.
5. (2 − 3i)w + (1 + 7i)v.
v + 0 = v, v ∈ V.
4. (additive inverse)
for any v ∈ V , there exists w ∈ V such that
v + w = 0.
5. (multiplicative identity)
1v = v, v ∈ V.
6. (distributive properties)
135
136 3 Vector Spaces
a(u + v) = au + av,
(a + b)u = au + bu
λ (x1 , x2 , . . .) = (λ x1 , λ x2 , . . .).
With these definitions we will show that F∞ becomes a vector space over F. Suppose
that
x + y = (x1 , x2 , . . .) + (y1 , y2 , . . .)
= (x1 + y1 , x2 + y2 , . . .)
= (y1 + x1 , y2 + x2 , . . .)
= (y1 , y2 , . . .) + (x1 , x2 , . . .)
= y + x.
3.1 Definition of a Vector Space 137
2.
= (x1 , x2 , . . .) + (y1 + z1 , y2 + z2 , . . .)
= ((x1 + y1 ) + z1 , (x2 + y2 ) + z2 , . . .)
= (x1 + y1 , x2 + y+ 2, . . .) + (z1 , z2 , . . .)
= (x + y) + z.
3. Let
0 = (0, 0, . . .).
Then
x + 0 = (x1 , x2 , . . .) + (0, 0, . . .)
= (x1 + 0, x2 + 0, . . .)
= (x1 , x2 , . . .)
= x.
4. Let
w = (−x1 , −x2 , . . .).
Then
= (0, 0, . . .).
5.
138 3 Vector Spaces
1x = 1(x1 , x2 , . . .)
= (1x1 , 1x2 , . . .)
= (x1 , x2 , . . .)
= x.
6.
= a(x1 + y1 , x2 + y2 , . . .)
= (a(x1 + y1 ), a(x2 + y2 ), . . .)
= a(x1 , x2 , . . .) + a(y1 , y2 , . . .)
= ax + ay.
Next,
= a(x1 + y1 , x2 + y2 , . . .)
= (a(x1 + y1 ), a(x2 + y2 ), . . .)
= a(x1 , x2 , . . .) + a(y1 , y2 , . . .)
3.1 Definition of a Vector Space 139
= ax + ay.
Definition 3.6. Let S be a set. With FS we will denote the set of functions from S to
F. For f , g ∈ FS , the sum f + g ∈ FS is the function defined by
(λ f )(x) = λ f (x), x ∈ S.
= g(x) + f (x)
= (g + f )(x), x ∈ S.
2.
= ( f + g)(x) + h(x)
= (( f + g) + h)(x), x ∈ S.
3. Define 0 : S → F as follows:
0(x) = 0, x ∈ S.
Then
= f (x) + 0
140 3 Vector Spaces
= f (x), x ∈ S.
4. Define − f : S → F as follows:
(− f )(x) = − f (x), x ∈ S.
Then
= f (x) − f (x)
=0
= 0(x), x ∈ S.
5.
(1 f )(x) = 1 f (x)
= f (x), x ∈ S.
6.
= a( f (x) + g(x))
= a f (x) + ag(x)
= (a f )(x) + (ag)(x)
= (a f + ag)(x), x ∈ S.
Next,
= a f (x) + b f (x)
3.2 Elementary Properties of Vector Spaces 141
= (a f )(x) + (b f )(x)
= (a f + b f )(x), x ∈ S.
In fact, the elements of R[0,1] are real-valued functions on [0, 1], not lists. In general,
a vector space is an abstract entity whose elements might be lists, functions or weird
objects.
Our previous examples of vector spaces, Fn and F∞ , are special cases of the
vector space FS because a list of length n of numbers in F can be thought of as a
function from {1, 2, . . . , n} to F and a sequence of numbers in F can be thought of
as a function from the set of positive integers to F. In other words, we can think of
Fn as F{1,2,...,n} and we can think of F∞ as F{1,2,...} .
Proof. Suppose that 01 and 02 are two additive identities in the vector space V . Then
01 = 01 + 02
= 02 + 01
= 02 .
Theorem 3.2. Every element in a vector space has a unique additive inverse.
v + w1 = 0,
v + w2 = 0
and
w1 = w1 + 0
= w1 + (v + w2 )
142 3 Vector Spaces
= (w1 + v) + w2
= (v + w1 ) + w2
= 0 + w2
= w2 + 0
= w2 .
0v = (0 + 0)v
= 0v + 0v,
whereupon
0v = 0.
This completes the proof.
Theorem 3.4. We have
a0 = 0, a ∈ F, (3.1)
where 0 ∈ V is the additive identity of V .
Proof. For a ∈ F, we have
a0 = a(0 + 0)
= a0 + a0,
v + (−1)v = 1v + (−1)v
= (1 + (−1))v
= 0v
= 0.
Exercise 3.3. Suppose that v, w ∈ V . Explain why there exists a unique x ∈ V such
that
v + 3x = w.
3.3 Subspaces
Some mathematicians, use the term ”linear subspace”, which means the same as
subspace.
Example 3.4. The set
{(x1 , x2 , 0) : x1 , x2 ∈ F}
3
is a subspace of F .
u + v = v + u,
u + (v + w) = (u + v) + w,
a(u + v) = au + av,
(a + b)u = au + bu,
u + 0 = u.
u − u = u + (−1)u
= 0.
Remark 3.1. The additive identity condition above could be replaced with the con-
dition that U is nonempty. Then, taking u ∈ U, multiplying it by 0, and using the
condition that U is closed under scalar multiplication would imply that 0 ∈ U. How-
ever, if U is indeed a subspace of V , then the easiest way to show that U is nonempty
is to show that 0 ∈ U.
Remark 3.2. The three conditions in the result above usually enable us to determine
quickly whether a given subset of V is a subspace of V .
U = {(u1 , u2 , u3 , u4 ) ∈ F4 : u3 = 5u4 }.
Let
u = (u1 , u2 , u3 , u4 ), v = (v1 , v2 , v3 , v4 ) ∈ F4
and a ∈ F be arbitrarily chosen. Then
u3 = 5u4 ,
v3 = 5v4 ,
au3 = 5au4
3.4 Sum of Spaces 145
and
u3 + v3 = 5(u4 + v4 ).
Therefore 0 ∈ U, u + v ∈ U and au ∈ U. Hence and Theorem 3.6, it follows that U
is a subspace of F4 .
Note that {0} is the smallest subspace of V and V is the largest subspace of V . More-
over, the empty set is not a subspace because it must contain an additive identity.
Example 3.6. Let U be the set of real-valued continuous functions on [0, 1]. Let also,
u, v ∈ U and a ∈ F. Then, we have the following.
1. Since 0 is a continuous function on [0, 1], then 0 ∈ U.
2. Since the sum of two continuous functions u and v on [0, 1] is a continuous func-
tion on [0, 1], we have that u + v ∈ U.
3. Since the multiplication of a continuous function u ∈ U on [0, 1] by a constant
a ∈ F is a continuous function on [0, 1], we get au ∈ F.
Now, applying Theorem 3.6, we get that U is a subspace of R[0,1] .
Exercise 3.4. Prove that the set of all differentiable real-valued functions on R is a
subspace of RR .
U1 + · · · +Um = {u1 + · · · + um : u1 ∈ U1 , . . . , um ∈ Um }.
U = {(x, 0, 0) ∈ F3 : x ∈ F},
W = {(0, y, 0) ∈ F3 : y ∈ F}.
Take
(x, 0, 0) ∈ U, (0, y, 0) ∈ W.
Then
Therefore
U +W = {(x, y, 0) ∈ F3 : x, y ∈ F}.
U = {(x, x, y, y) ∈ F4 : x, y ∈ F},
W = {(x, x, x, y) ∈ F4 : x, y ∈ F}.
Take
(x1 , x1 , y1 , y1 ) ∈ U, (x2 , x2 , x2 , y2 ) ∈ W.
Then
Therefore
U +W = {(x, x, y, z) ∈ F4 : x, y, z ∈ F}.
U = {(x, x, x, x, x) ∈ F5 : x ∈ F},
W = {(x, y, y, y, x) ∈ F5 : x, y ∈ F}.
Find U +W .
0+···+0 = 0
∈ U1 + · · · +Um .
u = u1 + · · · + um ,
v = v1 + · · · + vm .
Hence,
u + v = (u1 + v1 ) + · · · + (um + vm ). (3.2)
3.4 Sum of Spaces 147
w1 = w1 + 0 + · · · + 0
∈ U1 + · · · +Um .
U1 ⊆ U1 + · · · +Um .
And so on. Let wm ∈ Um be arbitrarily chosen and fixed. Then, using that 0 ∈ U1 ,
. . ., 0 ∈ Um−1 , we obtain
wm = 0 + · · · + 0 + wm
∈ U1 + · · · +Um .
Um ∈ U1 + · · · +Um .
U1 , . . . ,Um ∈ W.
Because subspaces must contain all finite sums of their elements, we get
U1 + · · · +Um ⊆ W.
Remark 3.3. Sums of subspaces in the theory of vector spaces are analogous to
unions of subsets in the set theory. Given two subspaces of a vector space, the small-
est subspace containing them is their sum. Analogously, given two subsets of a set,
the smallest subset containing them is their union.
u1 + · · · + um ,
U = {(x, y, 0) ∈ F3 : x, y ∈ F},
W = {(0, 0, z) ∈ F3 : z ∈ F}.
U +W = {(x, y, z) ∈ F3 : x, y, z ∈ F}.
Then
= (x2 , y2 , 0) + (0, 0, z2 )
= (x2 , y2 , z2 ),
whereupon
x1 = x2 ,
3.5 Direct Sums 149
y1 = y2 ,
z1 = z2 ,
and
(0, 0, z1 ) = (0, 0, z2 ).
Therefore U ⊕W = F3 .
U1 = {(x, y, 0) ∈ F3 : x, y ∈ F},
U2 = {(0, 0, z) ∈ F3 : z ∈ F},
U3 = {(0, y, y) ∈ F3 : y ∈ F}.
u1 = (x1 , y1 , 0) ∈ U1 ,
u2 = (0, 0, z2 ) ∈ U2 ,
u3 = (0, y3 , y3 ) ∈ U3 .
Then
= (x1 , y1 + y3 , z2 + y3 )
and
U1 +U2 +U3 = F3 .
Note that
(0, 0, 0) ∈ U1 +U2 +U3
and
(0, 0, 0) ∈ U1 ,
150 3 Vector Spaces
(0, 0, 0) ∈ U2 ,
(0, 0, 0) ∈ U3 ,
(0, 1, 0) ∈ U1 ,
(0, 0, 1) ∈ U2 ,
Moreover,
(0, 0, 0) = (0, 0, 0) + (0, 0, 0) + (0, 0, 0)
and
(0, 0, 0) = (0, 1, 0) + (0, 0, 1) + (0, −1, −1).
Thus, (0, 0, 0) ∈ U1 +U2 +U3 has two different representations as a sum u1 +u2 +u3
with u1 ∈ U1 , u2 ∈ U2 and u3 ∈ U3 . Therefore U1 +U2 +U3 is not a direct sum.
U ⊕W = F3 .
0 ∈ U1 , ..., 0 ∈ Um , 0 ∈ U1 + · · · +Um .
By the definition of a direct sum, it follows that the only way to write 0 as a sum
u1 + · · · + um , where u1 ∈ U1 , . . ., um ∈ Um , is by taking each u1 , u2 , . . ., um equal
to 0.
2. Suppose that the only way to write 0 as a sum u1 + · · · + um , where u1 ∈ U1 , . . .,
um ∈ Um , is by taking each u1 , u2 , . . ., um equal to 0. Let v ∈ U1 + · · · + Um be
arbitrarily chosen and fixed. Let also,
u = u1 + · · · + um
and
3.5 Direct Sums 151
u = v1 + · · · + vm ,
with u1 , v1 ∈ U1 , . . ., um , vm ∈ Um . Subtracting these two equations, we find
0 = (u1 − v1 ) + · · · + (um − vm ).
u1 − v1 ∈ U1 , ..., um − vm ∈ Um .
u1 − v1 = 0,
..
.
um − vm = 0,
whereupon
u1 = v1 ,
..
.
um = vm .
0 = v + (−v),
0 = u1 + u2 ,
where u1 ∈ U1 , u2 ∈ U2 . Then
u2 = −u1 .
Since U1 is a subspace of V , we have that −u1 ∈ U1 . Therefore u2 ∈ U1 and
u2 ∈ U1 ∩U2 . From here, u2 = 0 and u1 = 0. Thus, 0 has a unique representation
152 3 Vector Spaces
At the same time, we have that U1 +U2 +U3 is not a direct sum.
Remark 3.5. Sums of subspaces are analogous to unions of subsets. Similarly, direct
sums of subspaces are analogous to disjoint unions of subsets. No two subspaces of
a vector space can be disjoint, because both contain 0. So, disjointness is replaced, at
least in the case of two subspaces, with the requirement that the intersection equals
{0}.
−(−(−v)) = −v,
−(−(−(−v))) = v, v ∈ V.
Problem 3.2. Suppose that v, w ∈ V . Explain why there exists a unique x ∈ V such
that
2v − 5x = 3w.
Problem 3.3. Prove that the set of all differentiable real-valued functions f on the
interval (0, 3) such that
f 0 (2) = b
is a subspace of R(0,3) if and only if b = 0.
Problem 3.4. Let ∞ and −∞ be two distinct objects, neither of which is in R. Define
an addition and scalar multiplication on R ∪ {∞} ∪ {−∞} as you could guess from
the notation. Specifically, the sum and product of two real numbers is as usual, and
for t ∈ R define
−∞ if t < 0
t∞ = 0 if t = 0
∞ if t > 0,
3.6 Advanced Practical Problems 153
∞ if t < 0
t(−∞) = 0 if t = 0
−∞ if t > 0,
t + ∞ = ∞,
∞ + t = ∞,
t + (−∞) = −∞,
(−∞) + t = −∞,
∞ + ∞ = ∞,
∞ + (−∞) = 0.
is a subspace of F5 .
{(x1 , x2 , x3 ) : x1 = x2 + 3}
is not a subspace of F3 .
Find U +W .
U1 = {(x, 0, . . . , 0) ∈ Fn : x ∈ F},
U2 = {(0, x, . . . , 0) ∈ Fn : x ∈ F},
..
.
Un = {(0, 0, . . . , 0, x) ∈ Fn : x ∈ F}.
Prove that
U1 ⊕ · · · ⊕Un = Fn .
Problem 3.9. For each of the following subsets of F4 , determine whether it is a
subspace of F4 .
1.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x1 − 2x2 + 4x3 − x5 = 0}.
2.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x1 − 2x2 + 4x3 − x5 = 2}.
3.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x1 x2 x3 x4 = 0}.
4.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x1 = 2x2 }.
5.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x1 = 3x3 }.
6.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x1 = 4x4 }.
7.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x2 = 7x3 }.
8.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x2 = 8x4 }.
9.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x3 = −x4 }.
10.
{(x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 ) ∈ F4 : x1 = 2x2 x3 }.
Problem 3.10. Show that the set of all differentiable real-valued functions f on the
interval (−1, 1) for which
1
f 0 (0) = f
2
is a subspace of R(−1,1) .
3.6 Advanced Practical Problems 155
Problem 3.12. Is
{(a, b, c) : R3 : a3 = b3 }
a subspace of R3 .
Problem 3.13. Is
{(a, b, c) : C3 : a3 = b3 }
a subspace of C3 .
Problem 3.14. Suppose that U1 and U2 are subspaces of V . Prove that U1 ∩U2 is a
subspace of V .
Problem 3.16. Prove that the union of two subspaces of V is a subspace if and only
if one of the subspaces is contained in the other.
Problem 3.21. Does the operation addition on the subspaces of V have an additive
identity?
U = {(x, x, y, y) ∈ F4 : x, y ∈ F}.
U ⊕W = F4 .
U ⊕W = F5 .
156 3 Vector Spaces
f (x) = f (−x)
f (x) = − f (−x)
for any x ∈ R. Let Ue denote the set of real-valued even functions on R and U0
denote the set of real-valued odd functions on R. Prove that
Ue ⊕U0 = RR .
Chapter 4
Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
v1 = (−1, 2, 0, 1),
v2 = ( − 3, 1, 1, 4).
Then
Therefore the vector (−7, −1, 3, 10) is a linear combination of the vectors v1 and v2 .
v1 = (2, 1, −3),
157
158 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
v3 = a1 v1 + a2 v2
or
2a1 + a2 = 17
a1 − 2a2 = −4
−3a1 + 4a2 = 5,
whereupon
a2 = 17 − 2a1
a1 − 2(17 − 2a1 ) = −4
or
a2 = 17 − 2a1
a1 − 34 + 4a1 = −4
−3a1 + 68 − 8a1 = 5,
or
a2 = 17 − 2a1
4.1 Linear Combinations and Span 159
5a1 = 30
−11a1 = −63,
or
a2 = 17 − 2a1
a1 = 6
63
a1 = ,
11
which is impossible. Therefore v3 is not a linear combination of the vectors v1 and
v2 .
v1 = (−1, 3, 4, 1, 0),
v2 = (−3, 2, 1, 0, −1),
v4 = (−3, 1, 1, 0, 1).
span(v1 , . . . , vm ).
In other words,
Theorem 4.1. The span of a list of vectors in V is the smallest subspace of V con-
taining all the vectors in the list.
0 = 0v1 + · · · + 0vm ,
u = a1 v1 + · · · + am vm ∈ span(v1 , . . . , vm ),
w = b1 v1 + · · · + bm vm ∈ span(v1 , . . . , vm ),
where a1 , . . . , am , b1 , . . . , bm ∈ F. Then
u + w = a1 v1 + · · · + am vm
+a1 v1 + · · · + bm vm
u + w ∈ span(v1 , . . . , vm ).
au = a(a1 v1 + · · · + am vm )
= aa1 v1 + · · · + aam vm .
we have that v j ∈ span(v1 , . . . , vm ) for any j ∈ {1, . . . , m}. Because the subspaces are
closed under scalar multiplication and addition, every subspace of V containing v1 ,
. . ., vm contains span(v1 , . . . , vm ). So, span(v1 , . . . , vm ) is the smallest subspace in V
containing all the vectors v1 , . . ., vm . This completes the proof.
Definition 4.3. If span(v1 , . . . , vm ) = V , we say that the vectors v1 , . . ., vm spans V .
In other words, v1 , . . ., vm spans V if each u ∈ V can be represented in the form
u = a1 v1 + · · · + am vm
for some a1 , . . ., am ∈ F.
Theorem 4.2. The vectors
spans Fn .
Proof. Let (x1 , . . . , xn ) ∈ Fn , x1 ∈ F, . . ., xn ∈ F, be arbitrarily chosen. Then
4.2 Polynomials
p(z) = a0 + a1 z + a2 z2 + · · · + am zm
for any z ∈ F. The set of all polynomials with coefficients in F will be denoted by
P(F).
Let
p1 (z)+ p2 (z) = (a0 +b0 )+(a1 +b1 )z+(a2 +b2 )z2 +· · ·+(am2 +bm2 )zm2 +am2 +1 zm2 +1 +· · ·+am1 zm1 , z ∈ F,
(4.1)
and
ap1 (z) = (aa0 ) + (aa1 )z + (aa2 )z2 + · · · + (aam1 )zm1 , z ∈ F. (4.2)
Example 4.6. Let
p1 (z) = 1 + 2z + 3z2 − z3 ,
p2 (z) = −2 + z + z2 , z ∈ F.
Then
= −1 + 3z + 4z2 − z3 , z ∈ F,
and
= −2 − 4z − 6z2 + 2z3 , z ∈ F,
and
= −6 + 3z + 3z2 , z ∈ F.
Hence,
= −8 − z − 3z2 + 2z3 , z ∈ F.
Find
1. p1 (z) + p2 (z), z ∈ F.
2. p1 (z) + p3 (z), z ∈ F.
3. p2 (z) + p3 (z), z ∈ F.
4. p1 (z) + p2 (z) + p3 (z), z ∈ F.
5. 2p1 (z), z ∈ F.
6. −3p2 (z), z ∈ F.
7. 4p3 (z), z ∈ F.
8. 2p1 (z) − 3p2 (z), z ∈ F.
9. −3p2 (z) + 4p3 (z), z ∈ F.
10. 2p1 (z) − 3p2 (z) + 4p3 (z), z ∈ F.
Theorem 4.3. P(F) is a vector space over F with the usual operations of addition
and scalar multiplication given by (4.1) and (4.2), respectively.
Proof. Let
where
a 0 , . . . , a m1 , b0 , . . . , bm2 , c0 , . . . , cm3 ∈ F, m1 ≥ m2 ≥ m3 ,
= b0 + b1 z + b2 z2 + · · · + bm2 zm2
= p2 (z) + p1 (z), z ∈ F.
2.
= a0 + a1 z + a2 z2 + · · · + am3 zm3 + am3 +1 zm3 +1 + · · · + am2 zm2 + am2 +1 zm2 +1 + · · · + am1 zm1
+ b0 + b1 z + b2 z2 + · · · + bm3 zm3 + bm3 +1 zm3 +1 + · · · + bm2 zm2
2 m3
+c0 + c1 z + c2 z + · · · + cm3 z
= a0 + a1 z + a2 z2 + · · · + am3 zm3 + am3 +1 zm3 +1 + · · · + am2 zm2 + am2 +1 zm2 +1 + · · · + am1 zm1
+ (b0 + c0 ) + (b1 + c1 )z + (b2 + c2 )z2 + · · ·
+(bm3 + cm3 )zm3 + bm3 +1 zm3 +1 + · · · + bm2 zm2
4.2 Polynomials 165
+(am3 +1 + bm3 +1 )zm3 +1 + · · · + (am2 + bm2 )zm2 + am2 +1 zm2 +1 + · · · + am1 zm1
3. Set
0 = 0 + 0z + oz2 + · · · + 0zm1 , z ∈ F.
Then
= a0 + a1 z + a2 z2 + · · · + am1 zm1
= p1 (z), z ∈ F.
4. Define
Then
166 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
= (a0 + (−a0 )) + (a1 + (−a1 ))z + (a2 + (−a2 ))z2 + · · · + (am1 + (−am1 ))zm1
= 0 + 0z + 0z2 + · · · + 0zm1 , z ∈ F.
a(p1 (z) + p2 (z)) = a((a0 + b0 ) + (a1 + b1 )z + (a2 + b2 )z2 + · · · + (am2 + bm2 )zm2 + am2 +1 zm2 +1
+ · · · + am1 zm1 )
6.
= ((a + b)a0 ) + ((a + b)a1 )z + ((a + b)a2 )z2 + · · · + ((a + b)am1 )zm1
= (aa0 + ba0 ) + (aa1 + ba1 )z + (aa2 + ba2 )z2 + · · · + (aam1 + bam1 )zm1
Therefore, all axioms for a vector space are fulfilled. Thus, P(F) is a vector
space. This completes the proof.
By Theorem 4.3, it follows that P(F) is a subspace of FF . If a polynomial p ∈ P(F)
is represented by two sets of coefficients, i.e.,
and
0 = 0 + 0z + 0z2 + · · · + 0zm1
= p1 (z) − p2 (z)
= a0 + a1 z + a2 z2 + · · · + am1 zm1
a0 − b0 = 0
a1 − b1 = 0
a2 − b2 = 0
168 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
..
.
am2 − bm2 = 0
am2 +1 = 0
..
.
am1 = 0.
or
a0 = b0
a1 = b1
a2 = b2
..
.
am2 = bm2
am2 +1 = 0
..
.
am1 = 0.
Hence,
p(z) = a0 + a1 z + a2 z2 + · · · + am2 zm2 , z ∈ F.
Consequently, the coefficients of any polynomial are uniquely determined by the
polynomial.
Definition 4.6. A polynomial p ∈ P(F) is said to have degree m is there exist
scalars a0 , . . . , am ∈ F with am 6= 0 such that
p(z) = a0 + a1 z + a2 z2 + · · · + am zm , z ∈ F.
4.3 Infinite-Dimensional Vector Spaces 169
p(z) = 1 + 3z + z7 , z ∈ F,
has a degree 7.
Note that
Pm (F) = span(1, z, z2 , . . . , zm ).
Therefore Pm (F) is a finite-dimensional vector space for each nonnegative integer
m.
Proof. Consider a list of elements of P(F). Let m denote the highest degree of the
polynomials in this list. Then every polynomial in the span of this list has a degree
at most m. Therefore zm+1 does not belong to this list. Hence, no list spans P(F)
and P(F) is infinite-dimensional. This completes the proof.
170 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
a1 v1 + · · · + am vm = 0
is
a1 = . . . = am = 0.
Otherwise, the list v1 , . . . , vm is said to be linearly dependent. The empty list is de-
clared to be linearly independent.
v1 = (1, 4, 6),
v3 = (1, 1, 3).
a1 v1 + a2 v2 + a3 v3 = 0.
Then
0 = (0, 0, 0)
a1 + a2 + a3 = 0
4a1 − a2 + a3 = 0
6a1 + a2 + 3a3 = 0,
whereupon
4.4 Linear Independence and Linear Independence 171
a3 = −a1 − a2
4a1 − a2 − a1 − a2 = 0
or
a3 = −a1 − a2
3a1 − 2a2 = 0
3a1 − 2a2 = 0,
or
a3 = −a1 − a2
3a1 − 2a2 = 0,
or
a3 = −a1 − a2
3
a2 = a1 ,
2
or
3
a3 = −a1 − a1
2
3
a2 = a1 ,
2
or
5
a3 = − a1
2
3
a2 = a1 .
2
Take
a1 = 2,
172 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
a2 = 3,
a3 = −5.
6= (0, 0, 0),
and
= (0, 0, 0).
v2 = (−1, 1, −1),
a1 v1 + a2 v2 + a3 v3 = 0.
Then
0 = (0, 0, 0)
a1 − a2 + 2a3 = 0
−a1 + a2 − a3 = 0
2a1 − a2 + a3 = 0,
whereupon
a1 = a2 − 2a3
−a2 + 2a3 + a2 − a3 = 0
2a2 − 4a3 − a2 + a3 = 0,
or
a1 = a2 − 2a3
a3 = 0
a2 = 3a3 ,
or
a1 = 0
a2 = 0
a3 = 0.
Exercise 4.5. Consider F3 . Check if the following lists of vectors are linearly inde-
pendent or linearly dependent.
1.
v1 = (−1, 0, 1),
174 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
v2 = (−3, 0, 2),
v3 = (1, 1, 1).
2.
v1 = (0, 0, 1),
v2 = (1, 0, 1),
v3 = (1, 1, 1).
3.
v1 = (1, 2, 3),
v2 = (4, 5, 6),
v3 = (7, 8, 9).
4.
5.
v1 = (5, 4, 3),
v2 = (3, 3, 2),
v3 = (8, 1, 3).
p1 (z) = 1,
4.4 Linear Independence and Linear Independence 175
p2 (z) = z − 1,
p3 (z) = (z + 3)2 , z ∈ F.
We have
0 = 0 + 0z + 0z2
= a1 + a2 (z − 1) + a3 (z + 3)2
= a1 − a2 + a2 z + a3 (z2 + 6z + 9)
= a1 − a2 + a2 z + a3 z2 + 6a3 z + 9a3
Since the last equation holds for any z ∈ F and the coefficients of any polynomial
are uniquely determined by the polynomial, we get the system
a1 − a2 + 9a3 = 0
a2 + 6a3 = 0
a3 = 0,
whereupon
a1 = 0
a2 = 0
a3 = 0.
p1 (z) = 4z2 − 3z − 1,
176 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
p2 (z) = 4z − 3,
We have
0 = 0 + 0z + 0z2
Since the last equation holds for any z ∈ F and the coefficients of any polynomials
are uniquely determined by the polynomial, we obtain the following system
4a1 + 4a3 = 0,
whereupon
a1 = −a3
or
a1 = −a3
3a2 = 9a1
4a2 = 12a1 ,
4.4 Linear Independence and Linear Independence 177
or
a1 = −a3
a2 = 3a1 .
Take
a1 = 1,
a2 = 3,
a3 = −1.
Then
6= (0, 0, 0)
and
= 0, z ∈ F.
p1 (z) = z + 1,
p2 (z) = −3,
p3 (z) = (1 − 2z)2 , z ∈ F.
2.
p1 (z) = z2 + 4z,
178 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
p2 (z) = 2z2 − z + 4,
p3 (z) = 4z2 − 4z + 1, z ∈ F.
3.
p1 (z) = 4z2 − 3z + 2,
p2 (z) = −3z2 + 2z − 3,
p3 (z) = 7z2 − 5z − 2, z ∈ F.
4.
p1 (z) = z2 − 7z + 11,
p2 (z) = z2 + 4,
p3 (z) = 2z − 3, z ∈ F.
5.
p1 (z) = 3z − 4,
p2 (z) = 3z2 − 2z − 3,
p3 (z) = z2 + 3z + 3, z ∈ F.
We have
0 = v−v
= a1 v1 + · · · + am vm
−b1 v1 − · · · − bm vm
a1 − b1 = 0
..
.
am − bm = 0,
or
a1 = b1
..
.
am = bm .
Thus,
(a1 , . . . , am ) = (b1 , . . . , bm ),
which contradicts with (4.3). Therefore each vector in V has only one represen-
tation as a linear combination of the list v1 , . . . , vm .
2. Let each vector in V has only one representation as a linear combination of the
list v1 , . . ., vm . We have
0 = 0v1 + · · · + 0vm .
Hence, the equation
0 = a1 v1 + · · · + am vm ,
a1 , . . . , am ∈ F, holds if
a1 = 0
..
.
180 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
am = 0.
a j+1 = 0
..
.
am = 0.
1. Let j 6= 1. Then
whereupon
a1 a j−1 a j+1 am
vj = − v1 − · · · − v j−1 − v j+1 − · · · − vm . (4.4)
aj aj aj aj
v = b1 v1 + · · · + bm vm .
= b1 v1 + · · · + b j−1 v j−1
a1 a j−1 a j+1 am
+b j − v1 − v j−1 − v j+1 − · · · − vm
aj aj aj aj
+b j+1 v j+1 + · · · + bm vm
a1 a j−1
= b1 − b j v1 + · · · + b j−1 − v j−1
aj aj
+b j+1 v j+1 + · · · + bm vm ,
whereupon
v ∈ span(v1 , . . . , v j−1 , v j+1 , . . . , vm ).
Since v ∈ span(v1 , . . . , vm ) was arbitrarily chosen and we get that it is an element
of span(v1 , . . . , v j−1 , v j+1 , . . . , vm ), we obtain the inclusion
2. Let j = 1. Then
v1 = 0.
Hence, for any a1 , . . . , am ∈ F, we have
a1 v1 + · · · + am vm = a2 v2 + · · · + am vm .
182 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
Therefore
span(v1 , . . . , vm ) = span(v2 , . . . , vm ).
This completes the proof.
Theorem 4.7. In a finite-dimensional vector space, the length of any linearly inde-
pendent list of vectors is less than or equal to the length of any spanning list of
vectors.
Proof. Let u1 , . . . , um be a linearly independent list of vectors in V and B = {w1 , . . . , wn }
spans V . Since B spans V , if we add to B a new vector from V we will get a linearly
dependent list. In particular,
u1 , w1 , . . . , wn
is a linearly dependent list in V . By Theorem 4.6, it follows that we can remove
some w’s from this list, so that the new list of length n consisting of u1 and the
remaining w’s spans V . The new list we will denote again by B. Now, we add u2
to B and we get a list of length (n + 1) which is linearly dependent. By Theorem
4.6, it follows that we can remove some vector of this new list so that the obtained
list spans V . Since u1 and u2 are linearly independent, this vector is one of the w’s,
not one of u’s. We can remove that w’s, so that the obtained new list B consisting
of u1 , u2 and remaining w’s spans V . And so on. After m steps, we have added all
u’s and the process stop. By Theorem 4.6, it follows that there is a vector that we
can remove it. Because u1 , . . ., um are linearly independent, this vector is one of the
w’s, not one of u’s. Thus, there are at least as many w’s as u’s and then m ≤ n. This
completes the proof.
U = span(v1 ),
U = span(v1 , v2 ),
U = span(v1 , . . . , v j−1 ),
4.6 Bases 183
U 6= span(v1 , . . . , v j−1 ).
v j 6∈ span(v1 , . . . , v j−1 ).
After each step we have constructed a list of vectors such that no vector in this
list which is in the span of the previous vectors. Thus, after each step we have
constructed a linearly independent list. This linearly independent list cannot be
longer than any spanning list of V . So, the process terminates and U is finite-
dimensional. This completes the proof.
4.6 Bases
v1 = (1, 2),
v2 = (3, 5).
a1 v1 + a2 v2 = 0.
We have
0 = (0, 0)
= a1 (1, 2) + a2 (3, 5)
a1 + 3a2 = 0
184 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
2a1 + 5a2 = 0,
whereupon
a1 = −3a2
−6a2 + a2 = 0,
or
a1 = 0
a2 = 0.
u = b1 u1 + b2 u2 .
We have
u = (u1 , u2 )
= b1 (1, 2) + b2 (3, 5)
b1 + 3b2 = u1
2b1 + 5b2 = u2 ,
or
b1 = u1 − 3b2
or
b1 = u1 − 3b2
4.6 Bases 185
or
b1 = u1 − 3b2
b2 = 2u1 − u2 ,
or
b1 = u1 − 3(2u1 − u2 )
b2 = 2u1 − u2 ,
or
b1 = u1 − 6u1 + 3u2
b2 = 2u1 − u2 ,
or
b1 = −5u1 + 3u2
b2 = 2u1 − u2 .
Consequently
u = (−5u1 + 3u2 )v1 + (2u1 − u2 )v2 .
Since u ∈ F was arbitrarily chosen, we conclude that any vector in F2 can be rep-
2
v1 = (1, 2, −4),
0 = (0, 0)
186 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
a1 + 7a2 = 0
2a1 − 5a2 = 0
−4a1 + 6a2 = 0,
or
a1 = −7a2
−14a2 − 5a2 = 0
28a2 + 6a2 = 0,
or
a1 = 0
a2 = 0.
u = b1 v1 + b2 v2 .
We have
u = (u1 , u2 , u3 )
Hence,
b1 + 7b2 = u1
2b1 − 5b2 = u2
−4b1 + 6b2 = u3 ,
or
b1 = u1 − 7b2
or
b1 = u1 − 7b2
or
b1 = u1 − 7b2
19b2 = 2u1 − u2
−4u1 + 34b2 = u3 ,
or
b1 = u1 − 7b2
2u1 − u2
b2 =
19
u3 + 4u1
b2 = .
34
188 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
span(v1 , v2 ) 6= F3
v1 = (1, 2),
v2 = (3, 5),
v3 = (4, 13).
Observe that
0 = v−v
= b1 v1 + · · · + bm vm
−c1 v1 − · · · − cm vm
4.6 Bases 189
b1 − c1 = 0
..
.
bm − cm = 0,
or
b1 = c1
..
.
bm = cm .
Consequently
(b1 , . . . , bm ) = (c1 , . . . , cm ),
which contradicts with (4.7). Hence, we conclude that each vector in V has only
one representation as a linear combination of the list v1 , . . . , vm .
2. Let each vector in V has only one representation as a linear combination of the
list v1 , . . ., vm . Then v1 , . . . , vm spans V . Because
0 = 0v1 + · · · + 0vm ,
the equation
0 = b1 v1 + · · · + bm vm ,
b1 , . . . , bm ∈ F, holds if
b1 = 0
..
.
bm = 0.
190 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
v1 = (1, 0, 0, −1),
v2 = (2, 1, 1, 0),
v3 = (1, 1, 1, 1),
v4 = (1, 2, 3, 4),
v5 = (0, 1, 2, 3).
span(v1 , v2 , v3 , v4 , v5 ) = F4 .
Let
u = (u1 , u2 , u3 , u4 ) ∈ F4
be arbitrarily chosen and fixed. Let also, a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , a5 ∈ F be such that
u = a1 v1 + a2 v2 + a3 v3 + a4 v4 + a5 v5 .
We have
4.6 Bases 191
u = (u1 , u2 , u3 , u4 )
a1 + 2a2 + a3 + a4 = u1
a2 + a3 + 2a4 + a5 = u2
a2 + a3 + 3a4 + 2a5 = u3
whereupon
a4 + a5 = u3 − u2
a1 + 2a2 + a3 + a4 = u1
a2 + a3 + 2a4 + a5 = u2
or
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5
a1 + 2a2 + a3 + u3 − u2 − a5 = u1
or
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5
a1 + 2a2 + a3 − a5 = u1 + u2 − u3
a2 + a3 − a5 = 3u2 − 2u3
or
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5
a1 = −2a2 − a3 + a5 + u1 + u2 − u3
a2 = a3 + a5 + 3u2 − 2u3
or
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5
a1 = −2a2 − a3 + a5 + u1 + u2 − u3
a2 = a3 + a5 + 3u2 − 2u3
or
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5
1 3 3 1
u1 − u2 + u3 − u4 = a3 + a5 + 3u2 − 2u3
2 2 2 2
4.6 Bases 193
1 3 3 1
a2 = u1 − u2 + u3 − u4 ,
2 2 2 2
or
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5
1 3 3 1
a2 = u1 − u2 + u3 − u4
2 2 2 2
a1 = 4u2 − 4u3 + u4 − a3 + a5
1 9 7 1
a3 = u1 − u2 + u3 − u4 − a5 ,
2 2 2 2
or
1 9 7 1
a1 = 4u2 − 4u3 + u4 − u1 + u2 − u3 + u4 + a5 + a5
2 2 2 2
1 3 3 1
a2 = u1 − u2 + u3 − u4
2 2 2 2
1 9 7 1
a3 = u1 − u2 + u3 − u4 − a5
2 2 2 2
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5 .
Therefore
1 17 15 3
a1 = − u1 + u2 − u3 + u4 + 2a5
2 2 2 2
1 3 3 1
a2 = u1 − u2 + u3 − u4
2 2 2 2
1 9 7 1
a3 = u1 − u2 + u3 − u4 − a5
2 2 2 2
a4 = u3 − u2 − a5 .
and then
span(v1 , v2 , v3 , v4 , v5 ) = F4 .
We have that v1 6= 0 and v2 6∈ span(v1 ). Now, we will check if
v3 ∈ span(v1 , v2 ). (4.8)
194 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
v3 = (1, 1, 1, 1)
whereupon
c1 + 2c2 = 1
c2 = 1
−c1 = 1,
or
c1 = −1
c2 = 1.
v4 = d1 v1 + d2 v2 .
We have
v4 = (1, 2, 3, 4)
d1 + 2d2 = 1
d2 = 2
d2 = 3
−d1 = 4,
v4 6∈ span(v1 , v2 ).
v5 = e1 v1 + e2 v2 + e4 v4 .
We have
v5 = (0, 1, 2, 3)
e1 + 2e2 + e3 = 0
e2 + 2e3 = 1
e2 + 3e3 = 2
−e1 + 4e3 = 3,
or
e1 = 4e3 − 3
e2 = 2 − 3e3
196 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
e2 = 1 − 2e3
4e3 − 3 + 4 − 6e3 + e3 = 0,
or
e3 = 1
e1 = 1
e2 = −1
−e3 + 1 = 0.
Consequently
v5 ∈ span(v1 , v2 , v4 )
and we remove it. Now, applying Theorem 4.10, we get that the list v1 , v2 , v4 is a
basis of F4 .
Exercise 4.8. Consider F2 and
v1 = (−1, 1),
v2 = (2, 1),
v3 = (3, 2).
Find a basis of F2 .
Theorem 4.11. Every linearly independent list of vectors in a finite-dimensional
vector space can be extended to a basis of the vector space.
Proof. Suppose that u1 , . . . , um is a linearly independent list in a finite-dimensional
vector space V and let w1 , . . . , wn be a basis of V . Then, the list
spans V . Applying Theorem 4.10, by the list (4.9) we get a basis of V that contains
all u’s, because they are linearly independent, and some of w’s. This completes the
proof.
Example 4.15. Consider F3 and
v1 = (2, 3, 4),
4.6 Bases 197
v2 = (9, 6, 8).
v1 = (2, 3, 4)
= a(9, 6, 8)
whereupon
9a = 2
6a = 3
8a = 4,
or
2
a= ,
9
1
a= .
2
This is impossible. Therefore v1 and v2 are linearly independent. Note that
w1 = (1, 0, 0),
w2 = (0, 1, 0),
w3 = (0, 0, 1)
w1 = b1 v1 + b2 v2 .
Then
w1 = (1, 0, 0)
198 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
= b1 (2, 3, 4) + b2 (9, 6, 8)
whereupon
2b1 + 9b2 = 1
3b1 + 6b2 = 0
4b1 + 8b2 = 0,
or
2b1 + 9b2 = 1
b1 = −2b2 ,
or
−4b2 + 9b2 = 1
b1 = −2b2 ,
or
2
b1 = −
5
1
b2 = .
5
Therefore
w1 ∈ span(v1 , v2 )
and we remove it. Now, consider the list v1 , v2 , w2 , w3 . Let c1 , c2 ∈ F be such that
w2 = c1 v1 + c2 v2 .
Then
w2 = (0, 1, 0)
4.6 Bases 199
= c1 (2, 3, 4) + c2 (9, 6, 8)
whereupon
2c1 + 9c2 = 0
3c1 + 6c2 = 1
4c1 + 8c2 = 0,
or
2c1 + 9c2 = 0
3c1 + 6c2 = 1
4c1 + 8c2 = 0,
or
2c1 + 9c2 = 0
3c1 + 6c2 = 1
c1 = −2c2 ,
or
2c1 + 9c2 = 0
0=1
c1 = −2c2 ,
w2 6∈ span(v1 , v2 ).
w3 = d1 v1 + d2 v2 + d3 w2 .
We have
w3 = (0, 0, 1)
2d1 + 9d2 = 0
3d1 + 6d2 + d3 = 0
4d1 + 8d2 = 1,
or
9
d1 = − d2
2
10d2 = −1
3d1 + 6d2 + d3 = 0,
or
9
d1 = − d2
2
1
d2 = − ,
10
3d1 + 6d2 + d3 = 0,
or
4.6 Bases 201
9
d1 =
20
1
d2 = − ,
10
27 6
− + d3 = 0,
20 10
or
9
d1 =
20
1
d2 = −
10
3
d3 = − .
4
Consequently
w3 ∈ span(v1 , v2 , w2 )
and we remove it. Now, applying Theorem 4.11, we get that the list v1 , v2 , w2 is a
basis of V .
v1 = (−1, 2, 5),
v2 = (1, 4, 10)
to a basis of F3 .
V = U ⊕W.
u1 , . . . , um , w1 , . . . , wn (4.10)
v = a1 u1 + · · · + am um + b1 w1 + · · · + bn wn .
Denote
u = a1 u1 + · · · + am um ,
w = b1 w1 + · · · + bn wn .
Then, u ∈ U, w ∈ W and
v = u + w.
Because v ∈ V was arbitrarily chosen, we get the equation (4.11). Let now, z ∈
U ∩ W be arbitrarily chosen. Then z ∈ U and z ∈ W . Hence, there are scalars
c1 , . . . , cm , d1 , . . . , dn ∈ F such that
z = c1 u1 + · · · + cm um
= d1 w1 + · · · + dn wn .
c1 u1 + · · · + cm um − d1 w1 − · · · − dn wn = 0.
c1 = 0
..
.
cm = 0
d1 = 0
..
.
dn = 0
U ∩W = {0}.
By the last equation and the equation (4.11), applying Theorem 3.9, we arrive at
V = U ⊕W.
u1 = (3, 1, 0, 0, 0),
u2 = (0, 0, 7, 3, 0),
u3 = (0, 0, 0, 0, 1).
a1 u1 + a2 u2 + a3 u3 = 0.
We have
0 = (0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
3a1 = 0
a1 = 0
7a2 = 0
3a2 = 0
204 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
a3 = 0,
i.e.,
a1 = 0
a2 = 0
a3 = 0.
v = (3v2 , v2 , 7v4 , v4 , v5 ) ∈ U, v2 , v4 , v5 ∈ R,
v = b1 u1 + b2 u2 + b3 u3 .
We have
v = (3v2 , v2 , 7v4 , v4 , v5 )
= (3b1 , b1 , 7b2 , b2 , b3 ),
3v2 = 3b1
v2 = b1
7v4 = 7b2
v4 = b2
v5 = b3 ,
or
4.6 Bases 205
b1 = v2
b2 = v4
b3 = v5 .
span(u1 , u2 , u3 ) = V.
w1 = (1, 0, 0, 0, 0),
w2 = (0, 1, 0, 0, 0),
w3 = (0, 0, 1, 0, 0),
w4 = (0, 0, 0, 1, 0),
w5 = (0, 0, 0, 0, 1).
u1 , u2 , u3 , w1 , w2 , w3 , w4 .
w1 = c1 u1 + c2 u2 + c3 u3 .
We have
w1 = (1, 0, 0, 0, 0)
= (3c1 , c1 , 7c2 , c2 , c3 ),
206 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
3c1 = 1
c1 = 0
7c2 = 0
c2 = 0
c3 = 0,
w1 6∈ span(u1 , u2 , u3 ).
w2 = d1 u1 + d2 u2 + d3 u3 + d4 w1 .
We have
w2 = (0, 1, 0, 0, 0)
= (3d1 + d4 , d1 , 7d2 , d2 , d3 ),
3d1 + d4 = 0
d1 = 1
7d2 = 0
d2 = 0
d3 = 0,
4.6 Bases 207
or
d1 = 1
d2 = 0
d3 = 0,
d4 = −3.
Thus,
w2 ∈ span(u1 , u2 , u3 , w1 )
and we remove it. We will search scalars e1 , e2 , e3 , e4 ∈ R so that
w3 = e1 u1 + e2 u2 + e3 u3 + e4 w1 .
We have
w3 = (0, 0, 1, 0, 0)
= (3e1 + e4 , e1 , 7e2 , e2 , e3 ),
3e1 + e4 = 0
e1 = 0
7e2 = 1
e2 = 0
e3 = 0,
w3 6∈ span(u1 , u2 , u3 , w1 ).
208 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
w4 = f1 u1 + f2 u2 + f3 u3 + f4 w1 + f5 w3 .
We have
w4 = (0, 0, 0, 1, 0)
+ f5 (0, 0, 1, 0, 0)
= (3 f1 , f1 , 0, 0, 0) + (0, 0, 7 f2 , f2 , 0) + (0, 0, 0, 0, f3 ) + ( f4 , 0, 0, 0, 0)
+(0, 0, f5 , 0, 0)
= (3 f1 + f4 , f1 , 7 f2 + f5 , f2 , f3 ),
3 f1 + f4 = 0
f1 = 0
7 f2 + f5 = 0
f2 = 1
f3 = 0,
or
f1 = 0
f2 = 1
f3 = 0,
f4 = 0,
4.7 Dimension 209
f5 = −7.
Thus,
w4 ∈ span(u1 , u2 , u3 , w1 , w3 )
and we remove it. Consequently, the list
u1 , u2 , u3 , w1 , w3
is a basis of R5 . Let
W = span(w1 , w3 )
We have
U ⊕W = R5 .
1. Find a basis of U.
2. Extend the basis from 1 to a basis of R5 .
3. Find a subspace W of R5 so that
U ⊕W = R5 .
4.7 Dimension
Proof. Suppose that V is a finite-dimensional vector space and let B1 and B2 be two
bases of V . Then B1 is linearly independent in V and B2 spans V . So, the length of
B1 is at most the length of B2 . Interchanging the roles of B1 and B2 , we obtain that
the length of B2 is at most the length of B1 . Therefore the length of B1 equals the
length of B2 . This completes the proof.
w1 = (1, 0, . . . , 0),
w2 = (0, 1, 0, . . . , 0),
..
.
wn = (0, . . . , 0, 1).
Therefore dim Fn = n.
Example 4.18. Consider Pm (F). A basis in it is
1, z, z2 , . . . , zm .
v1 = (1, 2),
v2 = (−1, 1).
v1 = av2 .
4.7 Dimension 211
We have
(1, 2) = a(−1, 1)
= (−a, a),
−a = 1
a = 2,
Let also,
p1 (x) = 1,
p2 (x) = (x − 1)2 ,
p3 (x) = (x − 1)3 , x ∈ R.
Then
p01 (x) = 0,
and
p01 (1) = 0,
p02 (1) = 0,
p03 (1) = 0.
We have
0 = a1 + a2 (x − 1)2 + a3 (x − 1)3
a3 = 0
a2 − 3a3 = 0
3a3 − 2a2 = 0
a1 + a2 − a3 = 0,
or
a1 = 0
a2 = 0
a3 = 0.
1. Find a basis of U.
2. Extend the basis in 1 to a basis of P2 (F).
3. Find a subspace W of P2 (F) so that
4.7 Dimension 213
U ⊕W = P2 (F).
Theorem 4.15. Suppose that V is finite-dimensional. Then any spanning list of vec-
tors in V with length dimV is a basis of V .
Proof. Let dimV = m and v1 , . . . , vm be a spanning list in U. By Theorem 4.10, it
follows that the list v1 , . . . , vm can be extended to a basis of V . However, every basis
of V has length m. So, in this case the extension is the trivial one, meaning that no
elements are adjoined to v1 , . . . , vm . In other words, v1 , . . . , vm is a basis of V . This
completes the proof.
Theorem 4.16. Suppose that V is finite-dimensional and U be its subspace so that
dimU = dimV . Then U = V .
Proof. Let dimU dimV = m and v1 , . . . , vm be a basis of U. By Theorem 4.11, it
follows that the list v1 , . . . , vm can be extended to a basis of V . However, every basis
of V has length m. So, in this case the extension is the trivial one, meaning that
no elements are adjoined to v1 , . . . , vm . In other words, v1 , . . . , vm is a basis of V .
Therefore U = V . This completes the proof.
Theorem 4.17. Let U1 and U2 be subspaces of a finite-dimensional vector space.
Then
dim(U1 +U2 ) = dimU1 + dimU2 − dim(U1 ∩U2 ).
Proof. Let u1 , . . . , um be a basis of U1 ∩U2 . Thus,
dim(U1 ∩U2 ) = m.
u1 , . . . , um , v1 , . . . v j (4.12)
of U1 and to a basis
u1 , . . . , um , w1 , . . . , wk (4.13)
of U2 . Then
dimU1 = m + j
and
dimU2 = m + k.
Consider the list
u1 , . . . , um , v1 , . . . , v j , w1 , . . . , wk . (4.14)
Note that
span(u1 , . . . , um , v1 , . . . , v j , w1 , . . . , wk )
contains U1 and U2 and thus,
a1 u1 + · · · + am um + b1 v1 + · · · + b j v j + c1 w1 + · · · + ck wk = 0. (4.16)
c1 w1 + · · · + ck wk = −a1 u1 − · · · − am um − b1 v1 − · · · − b j v j .
Since
−a1 u1 − · · · − am um − b1 v1 − · · · − b j v j ∈ U1 ,
by the last equation, we conclude that
c1 w1 + · · · + ck wk ∈ U1 .
c1 w1 + · · · + ck wk ∈ U2
and then
c1 w1 + · · · + ck wk ∈ U1 ∩U2 .
From here, we conclude that there are d1 , . . . , dm ∈ F so that
c1 w1 + · · · + ck wk = d1 u1 + · · · + dm um ,
or
d1 u1 + · · · + dm um − c1 w1 − · · · − ck wk = 0.
Because the list (4.13) is a basis of U2 , the last equality is true if
c1 = 0
..
.
ck = 0
d1 = 0
..
.
dm = 0.
a1 u1 + · · · + am um + b1 v1 + · · · + b j v j = 0.
a1 = 0
..
.
am = 0
b1 = 0
..
.
b j = 0.
Now, using (4.16), we conclude that the list (4.14) is linearly independent in U1 +U2 .
Hence and (4.15), we obtain that the list (4.14) is a basis of U1 +U2 . Therefore
dim(U1 +U2 ) = m + j + k
= (m + j) + (m + k) − m
v4 = (−1, 0, 3, 1).
216 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
Find
1. p1 (z) + p2 (z), z ∈ F.
2. p1 (z) + p3 (z), z ∈ F.
3. p2 (z) + p3 (z), z ∈ F.
4. p1 (z) + p2 (z) + p3 (z), z ∈ F.
5. −3p1 (z), z ∈ F.
6. 4p2 (z), z ∈ F.
7. −p3 (z), z ∈ F.
8. −3p1 (z) + p2 (z), z ∈ F.
9. 4p2 (z) − p3 (z), z ∈ F.
10. −3p1 (z) + 4p2 (z) − p3 (z), z ∈ F.
Problem 4.6. Consider F3 . Check if the following lists of vectors are linearly inde-
pendent or linearly dependent.
1.
v1 = (3, 0, 4),
v2 = (2, 4, 4),
2.
v1 = (2, 3, −2),
v3 = (6, 7, 4).
3.
v1 = (0, 1, 1),
v2 = (3, 2, −1),
4.
v1 = (−3, 2, 3),
v2 = (−1, 1, −1),
v3 = (0, 4, 1).
5.
v3 = (1, 0, 1).
218 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
p1 (z) = 1 − 2z,
p3 (z) = (1 − z)2 + z2 , z ∈ F.
2.
p1 (z) = 1 − 3z − 2z2 ,
p2 (z) = 2 − 4z + z2 ,
p3 (z) = 2 + 3z + 2z2 , z ∈ F.
3.
p1 (z) = −1 + 2z + 3z2 ,
p2 (z) = z − 2z2 ,
p3 (z) = −2 + z + 5z2 , z ∈ F.
4.
p1 (z) = −4 + 2z − z2 ,
p2 (z) = 4 + z + 4z2 ,
p3 (z) = −3 − 3z − 2z2 , z ∈ F.
5.
p1 (z) = −1 + 2z + z2 ,
p2 (z) = −2 − z + z2 ,
p3 (z) = −7 + 4z + 5z2 , z ∈ F.
4.8 Advanced Practical Problems 219
spans V .
spans V .
Problem 4.10. Prove that if we consider C as a vector space over R, then the list
(2 + 3i, 2 − 3i)
is linearly independent.
Problem 4.11. Prove that if we consider C as a vector space over C, then the list
(3 + i, 3 − i)
is linearly dependent.
Problem 4.12. Let v1 , v2 , v3 , v4 be a linearly independent list in V . Prove that the list
v1 − v2 , v2 − v3 , v3 − v4 , v4
is linearly independent.
3v1 − v2 , v2 , ..., vm
is linearly independent.
λ v1 , λ v2 , ..., λ vm
is linearly independent.
v1 + w1 , v2 + w2 , ..., vm + wm
is linearly independent.
220 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
w ∈ span(v1 , . . . , vm ).
w 6∈ span(v1 , . . . , vm ).
v1 = (1, 0, . . . , 0),
..
.
vm = (0, 0, . . . , 0, 1).
V = {(x, x, y) ∈ F3 : x, y ∈ F}
and
v1 = (1, 1, 0),
v2 = (0, 0, 1).
V = {(x, y, z) ∈ F3 : x + y + z = 0}
and
v2 = (1, 0, −1).
4.8 Advanced Practical Problems 221
v1 = (1, 1, 1, 1, 0),
v3 = (2, 2, 0, 0, −1),
v4 = (1, 1, 5, 5, 2),
Find a basis of F5 .
Problem 4.23. Consider F4 . Extend the list
v2 = (−1, 4, 8),
to a basis of F4 .
Problem 4.24. Find a basis of
span(u1 , u2 , u3 ),
where
1.
u1 = (1, 2, 1),
u2 = (1, 1, −1),
u3 = (1, 3, 3).
2.
u1 = (2, 3, −1),
222 4 Finite-Dimensional Vector Spaces
u2 = (1, 1, −3),
u3 = (1, 2, 2).
3.
u1 = (1, 2, 1, −2),
u2 = (2, 3, 2, 0),
u3 = (1, 2, 2, −3).
4.
u1 = (1, 1, 1, 1),
u2 = (1, 0, 1, −1),
u3 = (1, 3, 0, −4).
5.
u1 = (1, 1, 0, 0),
u2 = (0, 1, 1, 0),
u3 = (0, 0, 1, 1).
v1 + v2 , v2 + v3 , v3 + v4 , v4
is a basis of V .
U ⊕W = V.
1. Find a basis of U.
2. Extend the basis in 1 to a basis of P4 (F).
3. Find a subspace W of P4 (F) so that
U ⊕W = P4 (F).
1. Find a basis of U.
2. Extend the basis in 1 to a basis of P4 (F).
3. Find a subspace W of P4 (F) so that
U ⊕W = P4 (F).
1. Find a basis of U.
2. Extend the basis in 1 to a basis of P4 (F).
3. Find a subspace W of P4 (F) so that
U ⊕W = P4 (F).
Problem 4.30. Suppose that U and W are subspaces of R8 such that dimU = 3,
dimW = 5 and U +W = R8 . Prove that
U ⊕W = R8 .
Chapter 5
Linear Maps
Some mathematicians use the term linear transformation, which means the same as
linear map. Note that for linear maps we often use the notation T v as well as the
more standard functional notation T (v).
Example 5.1. Let T : R3 → R2 be defined by
(x1 , y1 , z1 ), (x2 , y2 , z2 ) ∈ R3
225
226 5 Linear Maps
and
T (x1 , y1 , z1 ) + T (x2 , y2 , z2 ) = (2x1 − y1 + 3z1 , 7x1 + 5y1 − 6z1 ) + (2x2 − y2 + 3z2 , 7x2 + 5y2 − 6z2 )
= (2x1 − y1 + 3z1 + 2x2 − y2 + 3z2 , 7x1 + 5y1 − 6z1 + 7x2 + 5y2 − 6z2 )
= (2λ x1 − λ y1 + 3λ z1 , 7λ x1 + 5λ y1 − 6λ z1 ).
Next,
(x1 , y1 , z1 ) + (x2 , y2 , z2 ) = (x1 + x2 , y1 + y2 , z1 + z2 )
and
Moreover,
λ (x1 , y1 , z1 ) = (λ x1 , λ y1 , λ z1 )
and
T (λ (x1 , y1 , z1 )) = T (λ x1 , λ y1 , λ z1 )
= (2λ x1 − λ y1 + 3λ z1 , 7λ x1 + 5λ y1 − 6λ z1 ).
T (λ (x1 , y1 , z1 )) = λ T (x1 , y1 , z1 ).
T p1 (x) = x2 p1 (x),
T p2 (x) = x2 p2 (x), x ∈ R,
whereupon
T p1 (x) + T p2 (x) = x2 p1 (x) + x2 p2 (x)
(5.4)
2
= x (p1 (x) + p2 (x)), x ∈ R.
Note that
T (p1 (x) + p2 (x)) = x2 (p1 (x) + p2 (x)), x ∈ R.
By the last equation and (5.4), we find
Next,
λ T p1 (x) = λ x2 p1 (x), x ∈ R, (5.6)
and
T (λ p1 (x)) = x2 (λ p1 (x))
= λ x2 p1 (x), x ∈ R.
T (λ p1 (x)) = λ T p1 (x), x ∈ R.
y + z = (y1 , y2 , y3 , . . .) + (z1 , z2 , z3 , . . .)
= (y1 + z1 , y2 + z2 , y3 + z3 , . . .),
λ y = λ (y1 , y2 , y3 , . . .)
= (λ y1 , λ y2 , λ y3 , . . .),
Ty = (y2 , y3 , . . .),
T z = (z2 , z3 , . . .).
Hence,
Ty + T z = (y2 , y3 , . . .) + (z2 , z3 , . . .)
(5.7)
= (y2 + z2 , y3 + z3 , . . .)
and
T (y + z) = (y2 + z2 , y3 + z3 , . . .).
By the last equation and (5.7), we get
T (y + z) = Ty + T z. (5.8)
Next,
λ Ty = λ (y2 , y3 , . . .)
(5.9)
= (λ y2 , λ y3 , . . .)
and
T (λ y) = (λ y2 , λ y3 , . . .).
From the last equation and (5.9), we arrive at
T (λ y) = λ y.
T v j = w j.
c1 = . . . = c j−1 = c j+1 = . . . cm = 0,
and we get
T v j = w j.
Note that the map T is uniquely determined by the equality (5.10). Now, we will
prove that T : V → W is a linear map. Let u, z ∈ V be such that
u = a1 v1 + · · · + am vm ,
z = b1 v1 + · · · + bm vm ,
and λ ∈ F. Then
u + v = a1 v1 + · · · + am vm
+b1 v1 + · · · + bm vm
λ u = λ (a1 v1 + · · · + am vm )
= λ a1 v1 + · · · + λ am vm .
Hence,
Tu = T (a1 v1 + · · · + am vm )
= a1 w1 + · · · + am wm ,
T v = T (b1 v1 + · · · + bm vm )
230 5 Linear Maps
= b1 w1 + · · · + bm wm ,
Tu + T v = a1 w1 + · · · + am wm
+b1 w1 + · · · + bm wm
= T (u + v),
and
λ Tu = λ T (a1 v1 + · · · + am vm )
= λ (a1 w1 + · · · + am wm )
= (λ a1 )w1 + · · · + (λ am )wm
= T (λ (a1 v1 + · · · + am vm ))
= T (λ u).
(S + T )(v) = Sv + T v,
(λ T )v = λ T v, v ∈ V.
5.2 Algebraic Properties of L (V,W ) 231
S(x, y, z) = x + y + z,
We will find
(S + T )(x, y, z), (2T )(x, y, z), (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
We have
= x + y + z + 2x − y − 2z
= 3x − z, (x, y, z) ∈ R3 ,
and
= 2(2x − y − 2z)
= 4x − 2y − 4z, (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
Find
1. (S + T )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
2. (3S)(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
3. (2T )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
(aS + bT )v = aSv + bT v,
S(x, y) = 2x − y,
T (x, y) = x + y, (x, y) ∈ R2 .
We have
= 2x − y + x + y
= 3x, (x, y) ∈ R2 ,
and
(3S)(x, y) = 3S(x, y)
= 3(2x − y)
= 6x − 3y,
= 2(x + y)
= 2x + 2y, (x, y) ∈ R2 .
Hence,
= 6x − 3y + 2x + 2y
= 8x − y, (x, y) ∈ R2 .
Next,
= (−1)(2x + 2y)
and
= 6x − 3y − 2x − y
= 4x − 4y, (x, y) ∈ R2 .
S(x, y, z) = 3x − y + z,
Find
1. (S + T )(x, y, z), (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
2. (2S)(x, y, z), (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
3. (4T )(x, y, z), (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
4. (S − T )(x, y, z), (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
5. (2S − 4T )(x, y, z), (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
aS + bT, aS − bT ∈ L (V,W ).
T (v1 + v2 ) = T v1 + T v2 ,
S(cv1 ) = cSv1 ,
T (cv1 ) = cT v1 .
Hence,
= aSv1 + aSv2 + bT v1 + bT v2
= (aSv1 + bT v1 ) + (aSv2 + bT v2 )
and
= a(cSv1 ) + b(cT v1 )
= acSv1 + bcT v1
= caSv1 + cbT v1
= c(aSv1 + bT v1 )
= c(aS + bT )v1 .
= aSv1 + aSv2 − bT v1 − bT v2
= (aSv1 − bT v1 ) + (aSv2 − bT v2 )
and
= a(cSv1 ) − b(cT v1 )
= acSv1 − bcT v1
= caSv1 − cbT v1
= c(aSv1 − bT v1 )
= c(aS − bT )v1 .
Ov = 0, v ∈ V.
Iv = v, v ∈ V.
(S + T )v = Sv + T v
= T v + Sv
= (T + S)v,
i.e.,
S + T = T + S.
2.
(S + (T + K))v = Sv + (T + K)v
= Sv + (T v + Kv)
= (Sv + T v) + Kv
236 5 Linear Maps
= (S + T )v + Kv
= ((S + T ) + K)v,
i.e.,
S + (T + K) = (S + T ) + K.
3.
= a(Sv + T v)
= aSv + aT v
= (aS)v + (aT )v
= (aS + aT )v,
i.e.,
a(S + T ) = aS + aT.
4.
= aSv + bSv
= (aS)v + (bS)v
= (aS + bS)v,
i.e.,
(a + b)S = aS + bS.
5.
(S + (−S))v = Sv + (−S)v
= Sv − Sv
=0
5.2 Algebraic Properties of L (V,W ) 237
= Ov,
i.e.,
S + (−S) = O.
6.
(S + O)v = Sv + Ov
= Sv + 0
= Sv,
i.e.,
S + O = S.
7.
(1S)v = 1Sv
= Sv,
i.e.,
1S = S.
Therefore L (V,W ) is a vector space. This completes the proof.
Definition 5.6. Let T ∈ L (V,U) and S ∈ L (U,W ). Then the product ST ∈ L (V,W )
is defined by
(ST )u = S(Tu), u ∈ V.
T (v1 + v2 ) = T v1 + T v2 ,
and
T (av1 ) = aT v1 ,
S(aT v1 ) = aS(T v1 ).
238 5 Linear Maps
Hence,
= S(T v1 + T v2 )
= S(T v1 ) + S(T v2 )
and
= S(aT v1 )
= aS(T v1 )
= a(ST )(v1 ).
Sx = 2x + 3,
T x = x − 4, x ∈ R.
Then
(ST )x = S(T x)
= S(x − 4)
= 2(x − 4) + 3
= 2x − 8 + 3
= 2x − 5, x ∈ R,
and
5.2 Algebraic Properties of L (V,W ) 239
(T S)x = T (Sx)
= T (2x + 3)
= 2x + 3 − 4
= 2x − 1, x ∈ R.
Remark 5.1. By the above example, it follows that in the general case we have
ST 6= T S.
We will find
(ST )(x, y, z), (x, y, z) ∈ R3 .
We have
= (2x + 4z − y + 3z, x + y − z)
Find
1. (ST )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
2. (2T )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
240 5 Linear Maps
= T1 ((T2 T3 )v)
= T1 (T2 T3 )v.
Because v ∈ X was arbitrarily chosen, we get (5.11). This completes the proof.
IT = T I = T, (5.12)
IT v = I(T v)
= T v.
IT = T. (5.13)
Now, suppose that I is the identity on V . Let u ∈ V be arbitrarily chosen and fixed.
Then
T Iu = T (Iu)
= Tu.
T I = T.
5.2 Algebraic Properties of L (V,W ) 241
By the last equality and by (5.13), we find (5.12). This completes the proof.
Theorem 5.7. Let T1 , T2 ∈ L (U,V ), S ∈ L (V,W ). Then
= S(T1 u + T2 u)
= S(T1 u) + S(T2 u)
= ST1 u + ST2 u.
Because u ∈ U was arbitrarily chosen, we get (5.14). This completes the proof.
Theorem 5.8. Let T ∈ L (U,V ) and S1 , S2 ∈ L (V,W ). Then
(S1 + S2 )T = S1 T + S2 T. (5.15)
= S1 (Tu) + S2 (Tu)
= S1 Tu + S2 Tu.
Because u ∈ U was arbitrarily chosen, we get (5.15). This completes the proof.
Theorem 5.9. Let T ∈ L (V,W ). Then
T 0 = 0. (5.16)
T 0 = T (0 + 0)
= T 0 + T 0,
Definition 5.7. Let T ∈ L (V,W ). The kernel of T , denoted by ker T , is the subset
of V consisting of those vectors in V that T maps to 0. In other words,
ker T = {v ∈ V : T v = 0}.
Then
ker φ = {(x, y, z) : x + 2y + 3z = 0}.
Define
v1 = (−2, 1, 0),
v2 = (−3, 0, 1).
We will show that the list v1 , v2 is a basis of ker φ . Let a ∈ R be such that
v1 = av2 .
Then
(−2, 1, 0) = a(−3, 0, 1)
= (−3a, 0, a),
−3a = −2
1=0
a = 0,
u = b1 v1 + b2 v2 .
Then
= (−2b1 , b1 , 0) + (−3b2 , 0, b2 )
= (−2b1 − 3b2 , b1 , b2 ),
u2 = b1
u3 = b2 .
Therefore
span(v1 , v2 ) = ker φ .
Hence, using that the list v1 , v2 is linearly independent in ker φ , we conclude that the
list v1 , v2 is a basis of ker φ .
φ (x, y) = 2x − 4y + 6, (x, y) ∈ R2 .
Then
φ (x, y) = 0 ⇐⇒
2x − 4y + 6 = 0 ⇐⇒
2x = 4y − 6 ⇐⇒
x = 2y − 3, (x, y) ∈ R2 .
Therefore
ker φ = {(2y − 3, y) : y ∈ R}.
Then
φ (x, y, z) = 0 ⇐⇒
(x − 2y, y − z) = (0, 0) ⇐⇒
x − 2y = 0
y−z = 0
or
x = 2y
y = z.
Therefore
ker φ {(2y, y, y) : y ∈ R}.
Find ker φ .
Theorem 5.10. Let T ∈ L (V,W ). Then T is injective if and only if ker T = {0}.
Proof. 1. Let T be injective. By Theorem 5.9, it follows that {0} ⊆ ker T . Suppose
that u ∈ ker T . Then
Tu = 0.
Since T 0 = 0 and T is injective, we conclude that u = 0 and ker T = {0}.
2. Let ker T = {0}. Take u, v ∈ V and suppose that
Tu = T v.
T (u − v) = 0,
rangeT = {T v : v ∈ V }.
T (v1 + v2 ) = T v1 + T v2 ,
T (av1 ) = aT v1 ,
it follows that rangeT is closed under addition and scalar multiplication. Therefore
rangeT is a subspace of W . This completes the proof.
u1 , . . . , um , v1 , . . . , vn . (5.17)
Thus,
dimV = m + n.
Consider the list
T v1 , . . . , T vn . (5.18)
Let v ∈ V be arbitrarily chosen. Since the list (5.17) is a basis of V , we have that
v = a1 u1 + · · · + am um + b1 v1 + · · · + bn vn ,
Tu j = 0, j ∈ {1, . . . , m},
because u1 , . . . , um is a basis of ker T and u j ∈ ker T for any j ∈ {1, . . . , m}. Hence,
T v = T (a1 u1 + · · · + am um + b1 v1 + · · · + bn vn )
= a1 Tu1 + · · · + am Tum + b1 T v1 + · · · + bn T vn
246 5 Linear Maps
= b1 T v1 + · · · + bn T vn .
Therefore
span(T v1 , . . . , T vn ) = rangeT. (5.19)
Let now, c1 , . . . , cn ∈ F be such that
c1 T v1 + · · · + cn T vn = 0.
Then
0 = T (c1 v1 + · · · + cn vn ).
Hence,
c1 v1 + · · · + cn vn ∈ ker T.
Since the list u1 , . . . , um is a basis of ker T , there are d1 , . . . , dm ∈ F so that
c1 v1 + · · · + cn vn = d1 u1 + · · · + dm um .
Now, using that the list (5.17) is a basis of V , we get that it is linearly independent.
Then
c1 = 0
..
.
cn = 0
d1 = 0
..
.
dm = 0.
From here, we conclude that (5.18) is linearly independent. Hence, applying (5.19),
we find that (5.18) is a basis of rangeT . Therefore
dim rangeT = n
and
dimV = m + n
5.4 Applications to Systems of Linear Equations 247
≥ dimV − dimW
> 0.
This means ker T 6= {0}. Now, applying Theorem 5.10, we conclude that T is not
injective. This completes the proof.
Theorem 5.14. Suppose V and W are finite-dimensional vector spaces and dimV <
dimW . Then no linear map from V to W is surjective.
Proof. Let T ∈ L (V,W ) be arbitrarily chosen. Then, applying Theorem 5.12, we
obtain
≤ dimV
< dimW.
This means that rangeT cannot equal W . Thus, T is not surjective. This completes
the proof.
.. (5.20)
.
n
∑ amk xk = 0.
k=1
248 5 Linear Maps
Remark 5.2. Homogeneous, in this context, means that the constant term on the right
hand side of each equation above is 0.
Obviously
x1 = 0
..
.
xn = 0
is a solution to the system (5.20). The question here is whether any other solutions
exist. Define the map T : Fn → Fm by
!
n b
T (x1 , . . . , xn ) = ∑ a1k xk , . . . , ∑ amk xk , (x1 , . . . , xn ) ∈ Fn . (5.21)
k=1 k=1
The equation
T (x1 , . . . , xn ) = (0, . . . , 0), (x1 , . . . , xn ) ∈ Fn
is the same as the homogeneous system (5.20).
Theorem 5.15. A homogeneous system of linear equations with more variables than
equations has nonzero solutions.
Proof. Note that T ∈ L (Fn , Fm ). In this case, we have n > m. Applying Theorem
5.13, we get that T is not injective. This completes the proof.
Let n > m. Then, to find a nonzero solution to the system (5.20), we introduce n − m
parameters. Set
xm+1 = p1
..
.
xn = pn−m .
x1 − 2x2 + x3 = 0
x2 − 2x3 = 0.
5.4 Applications to Systems of Linear Equations 249
Here, we have three variables and two equations. By Theorem 5.15, it follows that
the considered system has a nonzero solution. Set
x3 = p.
Then
x1 = 2x2 − p
x2 = 2p
and
x1 = 4p − p
x2 = 2p,
or
x1 = 3p
x2 = 2p.
x1 = 3
x2 = 2
x1 − x2 + x3 − x4 = 0
x1 + x2 − x3 = 0
x2 − 2x3 − 3x4 = 0.
Here, we have four variables and three equations. By Theorem 5.15, it follows that
the considered system has a nonzero solution. Set
x4 = p.
Then
250 5 Linear Maps
x1 − x2 + x3 = p
x1 + x2 − x3 = 0
x2 − 2x3 = 3p,
whereupon
2x1 = p
x1 + x2 − x3 = 0
x2 − 2x3 = 3p,
or
p
x1 =
2
p
x2 − x3 = −
2
x2 − 2x3 = 3p,
or
p
x1 =
2
7p
x3 = −
2
p
x2 − x3 = − ,
2
or
p
x1 =
2
x2 = −4p
7p
x3 = − .
2
Take p = 2. Then
x1 = 1
5.4 Applications to Systems of Linear Equations 251
x2 = −8
x3 = −7
x1 − 2x2 + x3 − 4x4 = 0.
Here, we have four variables and one equation. By Theorem 5.15, it follows that the
considered system has a nonzero solution. Set
x2 = p,
x3 = q,
x4 = r.
Then
x1 = 2p − q + 4r.
Take
p = 1,
q = 2,
r = 1.
Then
x1 = 4
x2 = 1
x3 = 2
x4 = 1
1.
x1 − 2x2 = 0.
2.
x1 − x2 − x3 = 0
x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 = 0.
3.
x1 − 4x2 − 5x3 = 0.
4.
x1 + x2 − 2x3 − 3x4 = 0
x1 + 2x2 − 3x3 − x4 = 0
x2 + 2x3 + 3x4 = 0.
5.
2x1 − x2 + x3 − x4 = 0
x2 − 2x3 + 3x4 = 0
3x1 + x3 = 0.
.. (5.22)
.
n
∑ amk xk = cm .
k=1
5.4 Applications to Systems of Linear Equations 253
Proof. Since T ∈ L (Fn , Fm ), n < m, applying Theorem 5.14, we have that T is not
surjective. This completes the proof.
Remark 5.3. Our results for homogeneous systems with more variables than equa-
tions and inhomogeneous systems with more equations than variables are often
proved using Gaussian elimination. The abstract approach taken here leads to
cleaner proofs.
2x1 + 3x2 = 5
x1 − x2 = 2
x1 + 4x2 = 2.
We have
2x1 + 3x2 = 5
x1 = 2 + x2
x1 = 2 − 4x2 .
2 + x2 = 2 − 4x2 ,
whereupon
x2 = 0
and
x1 = 2.
We put them in the first equation of the considered system and we obtain
4 + 0 = 5,
254 5 Linear Maps
which is impossible.
2x1 + 3x2 = 5
x1 − x2 = 2
x1 + 4x2 = 3.
We have
2x1 + 3x2 = 5
x1 = 2 + x2
x1 = 3 − 4x2 .
2 + x2 = 3 − 4x2 ,
whereupon
5x2 = 1,
or
1
x2 =
5
and
1
x1 = 2 +
5
11
= .
5
We put them in the first equation of the given system and we arrive at
22 3
+ = 5.
5 5
Therefore
11
x1 =
5
1
x2 =
5
5.4 Applications to Systems of Linear Equations 255
ax1 + bx2 = a
(a − 2)x1 + x2 = 3
x1 + x2 = 1,
ax1 + bx2 = a
x2 = 3 − (a − 2)x1
x2 = 1 − x1 .
1 − x1 = 3 − (a − 2)x1 ,
or
(a − 3)x1 = 2.
1. Let a = 3. Then the last equation has no solutions and from here, the considered
system has no any solutions.
2. Let a 6= 3. Then
2
x1 =
a−3
and
x2 = 1 − x1
2
= 1−
a−3
a−3−2
=
a−3
a−5
= .
a−3
We put them in the first equation of the given system and we find
256 5 Linear Maps
2a b(a − 5)
+ = a,
a−3 a−3
whereupon
2a + b(a − 5) = a(a − 3),
or
2a + b(a − 5) = a2 − 3a,
or
b(a − 5) = a2 − 5a,
or
b(a − 5) = a(a − 5).
We have the following cases.
a. If a = 5, then
x1 = 1
x2 = 0
x1 + 2x2 = 3
ax1 − 4x2 = −6
x1 + x2 = 1,
where a ∈ R is a parameter.
5.5 Matrices. Representing a Linear Map by a Matrix 257
am1 · · · amn
The notation a jk denotes the entry in row j and column k of the matrix A, shortly jk
entry of A.
is a 2 × 4 matrix with
a23 = 3,
a14 = 3i.
is a 4 × 4 matrix with
a23 = 2,
a14 = 2.
Because T ∈ L (V,W ), there are a jk ∈ F, j ∈ {1, . . . , m}, k ∈ {1, . . . , n}, such that
258 5 Linear Maps
Definition 5.9. The matrix T with respect the bases v1 , . . . , vn and w1 , . . . , wm is the
matrix M (T ) whose entries a jk , j ∈ {1, . . . , m}, k ∈ {1, . . . , n}, are determined by
(5.23). If the bases are not clear from the context, then we will use the notation
We have that
v1 = (1, 0),
v2 = (0, 1)
is a basis of F2 and
w1 = (1, 0, 0),
w2 = (0, 1, 0),
w3 = (0, 0, 1)
is a basis of F3 . We compute
T v1 = (1, 1, 2)
= w1 + w2 + 2w3
and
T v2 = (1, −1, 3)
= w1 − w2 + 3w2 .
5.5 Matrices. Representing a Linear Map by a Matrix 259
Here
v1 = (1, 0, 0),
v2 = (0, 1, 0),
v3 = (0, 0, 1)
is a basis of F3 . Then
T v1 = (1, 2, 0)
= v1 + 2v2 ,
T v2 = (1, −1, 2)
= v1 − v2 + 2v3 ,
= v1 − v2 − 3v3 .
Therefore
1 1 1
M (T ) = 2 −1 −1 .
0 2 −3
w1 = (−1, 1),
w2 = (2, −1)
260 5 Linear Maps
and
1 −1
M (T ) = .
−1 2
We will find the basis v1 , v2 . Let
v1 = (v11 , v12 ),
v2 = (v21 , v22 ).
Then
and
T v1 = w1 − w2
= (−1 − 2, 1 + 1)
= (−3, 2),
T v2 = −w1 + 2w2
= (1 + 4, −1 − 2)
= (5, −3).
Therefore
5.5 Matrices. Representing a Linear Map by a Matrix 261
v11 − v12 = −3
v11 + v12 = 2,
whereupon
2v11 = −1
2v12 = 5,
or
1
v11 = −
2
5
v12 = .
2
Moreover,
v21 − v22 = 5
Hence,
2v21 = 2
2v22 = −8,
or
v21 = 1
v22 = −4.
Thus,
262 5 Linear Maps
1 5
v1 = − , ,
2 2
v2 = (1, −4).
Find M (T ).
Definition 5.10. The sum of two matrices of the same size is the matrix obtained by
adding the corresponding entries in the matrices
a11 · · · a1n b11 · · · b1n a11 + b11 · · · a1n + b1n
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . + . . . = .
. . .
am1 · · · amn bm1 · · · bmn am1 + bm1 · · · amn + bmn
In other words,
M (S + T ) = M (S) + M (T ).
..
.
and
T v1 = b11 w1 + · · · + b1m wm
..
.
T vn = bn1 w1 + · · · + bnm wm ,
an1 · · · anm
and
b11 · · · b1m
.. .. .. .
M (T ) = . . .
bn1 · · · bnm
Moreover,
(S + T )v1 = Sv1 + T v1
..
.
(S + T )vn = Svn + T vn
264 5 Linear Maps
Therefore
a11 + b11 · · · a1m + b1m
M (S + T ) =
.. .. ..
. . .
an1 + bn1 · · · anm + bnm
a11 · · · a1m b11 · · · b1m
= ... ... ... + ... ... ...
= M (S) + M (T ).
Definition 5.11. The product of a scalar and a matrix is the matrix obtained by mul-
tiplying each entry in the matrix by the scalar
a11 · · · a1m λ a11 · · · λ a1m
λ ... ... ... = ... .. .. .
. .
an1 · · · anm λ an1 · · · λ anm
In other words,
1
−4 0 3 5
2
5
A= 2 1 −3 4 .
3
7 4
3 −1 −1
8 5
Find
1. 2A.
2. (−4)A.
3. 5A.
1
4. A.
2
7
5. A.
3
Definition 5.12. Let
a11 · · · a1m
.. .. ..
A= . . .
an1 · · · anm
and
b11 · · · b1m
.. .. .. .
B= . . .
bn1 · · · bnm
Define aA − bB by
aA − bB = aA + (−b)B.
We will find
266 5 Linear Maps
4A − 5B.
We have
4 · 2 4 · (−1) 4 · 0
4A = 4 · 3 4 · 4 4 · (−2)
4 · (−3) 4 · 1 4·5
8 −4 0
= 12 16 −8
−12 4 20
and
(−5) · 3 (−5) · 1 (−5) · 2
(−5)B = (−5) · (−2) (−5) · 1 (−5) · 3
(−5) · 0 (−5) · 2 (−5) · (−4)
−15 −5 −10
= 10 −5 −15 .
0 −10 20
Therefore
4A − 5B = 4A + (−5)B
8 −4 0 −15 −5 −10
= 12 16 −8 + 10 −5 −15
−12 4 20 0 −10 20
8 + (−15) −4 + (−5) 0 + (−10)
= 12 + 10 16 + (−5) −8 + (−15)
−12 + 0 4 + (−10) 20 + 20
−7 −9 −10
= 22 11 −23 .
−12 −6 40
Find
5.6 Addition and Scalar Multiplication of Matrices 267
1. 2A.
2. 3B.
3. A − B.
4. −3A.
5. 4A − 2B.
M (λ T ) = λ M (T ).
T v1 = a11 w1 + · · · + a1m wm
..
.
T vn = an1 w1 + · · · + anm wm ,
i.e.,
a11 · · · a1m
.. .. .. .
M (T ) = . . .
an1 · · · anm
Then
(λ T )v1 = λ T v1
= λ (a11 w1 + · · · + a1m wm )
..
.
(λ T )vn = λ T vn
= λ (an1 w1 + · · · + anm wm )
Therefore
268 5 Linear Maps
λ a11 · · · λ a1m
M (λ T ) = ... .. ..
. .
λ an1 · · · λ anm
a11 · · · a1n
= λ ... ... ...
an1 · · · anm
= λ M (T ).
Definition 5.13. For m and n positive integers, the set of all m × n matrices with
entries in F is denoted by Fm,n .
Proof. Let
a11 · · · a1n
.. .. .. ∈ Fm,n ,
A= . . .
am1 · · · amn
b11 · · · b1n
B = ... ... ... ∈ Fm,n ,
bm1 · · · bmn
c11 · · · c1n
C = ... ... ... ∈ Fm,n
cm1 · · · cmn
a11 + b11 · · · a1n + b1n
=
.. .. ..
. . .
am1 + bm1 · · · amn + bmn
b11 + a11 · · · b1n + a1n
=
.. .. ..
. . .
bm1 + am1 · · · bmn + amn
b11 · · · b1n a11 · · · a1n
= ... ... ... + ... ... ...
= B + A,
i.e.,
A + B = B + A.
2.
a11 · · · a1n b11 · · · b1n c11 · · · c1n
.. .. .. + .. .. .. + .. .. ..
A + (B +C) = . . . . . . . . .
am1 · · · amn bm1 · · · bmn cm1 · · · cmn
a11 · · · a1n b11 + c11 · · · b1n + c1n
= ... ... ... + .. .. ..
. . .
am1 · · · amn bm1 + cm1 · · · bmn + cmn
a11 + (b11 + c11 ) · · · a1n + (b1n + c1n )
=
.. .. ..
. . .
am1 + (bm1 + cm1 ) · · · amn + (bmn + cmn )
(a11 + b11 ) + c11 · · · (a1n + b1n ) + c1n
=
.. .. ..
. . .
(am1 + bm1 ) + cm1 · · · (amn + bmn ) + cmn
a11 + b11 · · · a1n + b1n c11 · · · c1n
= .. .. .. .. .. ..
+ . . .
. . .
am1 + bm1 · · · amn + bmn cm1 · · · cmn
a11 · · · a1n b11 · · · b1n c11 ··· c1n
.. .. .. .. .. .. + .. .. ..
= . . . + . . . . . .
am1 · · · amn bm1 · · · bmn cm1 · · · cmn
270 5 Linear Maps
= (A + B) +C,
i.e.,
A + (B +C) = (A + B) +C.
3. Let
−a11 · · · −a1n
.. .. .. .
−A = . . .
−am1 · · · −amn
Then
a11 · · · a1n −a11 · · · −a1n
.. .. .. + .. .. ..
A + (−A) = . . . . . .
am1 · · · amn −am1 · · · −amn
a11 + (−a11 ) ··· a1n + (−a1n )
=
.. .. ..
. . .
am1 + (−am1 ) · · · amn + (−amn )
0 ··· 0
= ... ... ...
0 ··· 0
= O,
i.e.,
A + (−A) = O.
4.
a11 · · · a1n 0 ··· 0
.. .. .. + .. .. ..
A+O = . . . . . .
am1 · · · amn 0 ··· 0
a11 + 0 · · · a1n + 0
=
.. .. ..
. . .
am1 + 0 · · · amn + 0
a11 · · · a1n
= ... ... ...
am1 · · · amn
= A,
i.e.,
5.6 Addition and Scalar Multiplication of Matrices 271
A + O = A.
5.
a11 · · · a1n
.. .. ..
1A = 1 . . .
am1 · · · amn
1 · a11 · · · 1 · a1n
.. .. ..
= . . .
1 · am1 · · · 1 · amn
a11 · · · a1n
= ... ... ...
am1 · · · amn
= A,
i.e.,
1A = A.
6.
a11 · · · a1n b11 · · · b1n
a(A + B) = a ... .. .. + .. .. ..
. . . . .
am1 · · · amn bm1 · · · bmn
a11 + b11 · · · a1n + b1n
= a
.. .. ..
. . .
am1 + bm1 · · · amn + bmn
a(a11 + b11 ) · · · a(a1n + b1n )
=
.. .. ..
. . .
a(am1 + bm1 ) · · · a(amn + bmn )
aa11 + ab11 · · · aa1n + ab1n
=
.. .. ..
. . .
aam1 + abm1 · · · aamn + abmn
aa11 · · · aa1n ab11 · · · ab1n
= ... .. .. + .. .. ..
. . . . .
aam1 · · · aamn abm1 · · · abmn
= aA + aB,
272 5 Linear Maps
i.e.,
a(A + B) = aA + aB.
7.
a11 · · · a1n
.. .. ..
(a + b)A = (a + b) . . .
am1 · · · amn
(a + b)a11 · · · (a + b)a1n
=
.. .. ..
. . .
(a + b)am1 · · · (a + b)amn
aa11 + ba11 · · · aa1n + ba1n
=
.. .. ..
. . .
aam1 + bam1 · · · aamn + bamn
aa11 · · · aa1n ba11 · · · ba1n
= ... .. .. + .. .. ..
. . . . .
aam1 · · · aamn bam1 · · · bamn
= aA + bA,
i.e.,
(a + b)A = aA + bA.
m,n
Therefore F is a vector space. This completes the proof.
Proof. Let A jk , j ∈ {1, . . . , m}, k ∈ {1, . . . , n}, be a m × n matrix that have 0 in all
entries except for a 1 in jk entry. Let ai j ∈ F, j ∈ {1, . . . , m}, k ∈ {1, . . . , n}, be such
that
..
.
whereupon
a jk = 0, j ∈ {1, . . . , m}, k ∈ {1, . . . , n}.
Therefore, the list
bm1 · · · bmn
..
.
..
.
Therefore
..
.
Hence,
274 5 Linear Maps
Thus, the list (5.25) spans Fm,n and it is a basis of Fm,n . Since the list (5.25) has mn
elements, we conclude that (5.24) holds. This completes the proof.
Definition 5.15. Let A ∈ Fm,n , C ∈ Fn,p . Then AC is the matrix defined to be the
m × p matrix whose jk entry is given by (5.26). In other words, the jk entry of
AC is computed by taking row j of A and column k of C, multiplying together
corresponding entries, and then summing.
By the above definition, it follows that
M (ST ) = M (S)M (T ).
5.7 Matrix Multiplication 275
Remark 5.4. Let A ∈ Fn,p and B ∈ Fq,m . If p 6= q, then the multiplication AB does
not exist.
Then
3 −2 34
AB =
5 −4 25
3 · 3 + (−2) · 2 3 · 4 + (−2) · 5
=
5 · 3 + (−4) · 2 5 · 4 + (−4) · 5
52
=
70
and
34 3 −2
BA =
25 5 −4
3·3+4·5 3 · (−2) + 4 · (−4)
=
2·3+5·5 2 · (−2) + 5 · (−4)
29 −22
= .
31 −24
Remark 5.5. By the last example, it follows that in the general case we have
AB 6= BA.
Then
276 5 Linear Maps
34 5
12 3
AB = 6 0 −2
1 0 −1
71 8
1·3+2·6+3·7 1·4+2·0+3·1 1 · 5 + 2 · (−2) + 3 · 1
=
1 · 3 + 0 · 6 + (−1) · 7 1 · 4 + 0 · 0 + (−1) · 1 1 · 5 + 0 · (−2) + (−1) · 8
36 7 4
= .
−4 3 −3
We will find
2AB − 3C.
We have
−4
2 03
AB = −3
−1 2 1
5
2 · (−4) + 0 · (−3) + 3 · 5
=
−1 · (−4) + 2 · (−3) + 1 · 5
7
= ,
3
7
2AB = 2
3
2·7
=
2·3
14
= ,
6
2
3C = 3
−3
5.7 Matrix Multiplication 277
3·2
=
3 · (−3)
6
= .
−9
Therefore
14 6
2AB − 3C = −
6 −9
14 − 6
=
6+9
8
= .
15
2.
−2 3 1
A = 5 4 0 ,
2 −1 −5
1 −2 −3
B = 0 −3 1 .
4 −4 5
3.
1 −3 2
A = 3 −4 1 ,
2 −5 3
256
B = 1 2 5 .
132
278 5 Linear Maps
5 8 −4
A = 6 9 −5 ,
4 7 −3
3 2 5
B = 4 −1 3 .
9 6 5
4.
2 −1 3 −4
3 −2 4 −3
A=
5 −3 −2 1 ,
3 −3 −1 2
7869
5 7 4 5
3 4 5 6 .
B=
2112
In fact, (5.27) and (5.28) are equivalently. Really, we have the following.
q
(BC) jk = ∑ B jrCrk , j ∈ {1, . . . , p}, k ∈ {1, . . . , m},
r=1
p
(A(BC)) jk = ∑ A jr (BC)rk
r=1
!
p q
= ∑ A jr ∑ BrlClk
r=1 l=1
p q
= ∑ ∑ A jr BrlClk , j ∈ {1, . . . , n}, k ∈ {1, . . . , m},
r=1 l=1
and
p
(AB) jk = ∑ A jr Brk , j ∈ {1, . . . , n}, k ∈ {1, . . . , q},
r=1
5.7 Matrix Multiplication 279
q
((AB)C) jk = ∑ (AB) jlClk
l=1
!
q p
= ∑ ∑ A jr Brl Clk
l=1 r=1
q p
= ∑ ∑ A jr BrlClk
l=1 r=1
q q
= ∑ ∑ A jr BrlClk , j ∈ {1, . . . , n}, k ∈ {1, . . . , m}.
r=1 l=1
Hence,
Therefore
A(BC) = (AB)C
and (5.27) and (5.28) are equivalently.
We will find
ABC.
We have
0 2 −1 70 34 −107
AB = −2 −1 2 52 26 −68
3 −2 −1 101 50 −140
0 · 70 + 2 · 52 + (−1) · 101 0 · 34 + 2 · 26 + (−1) · 50 0 · (−107) + 2 · (−68) + (−1) · (−140)
= (−2) · 70 + (−1) · 52 + 2 · 101 (−2) · 34 + (−1) · 26 + 2 · 50 (−2) · (−107) + (−1) · (−68) + 2 · (−140)
3 · 70 + (−2) · 52 + (−1) · 101 3 · 34 + (−2) · 26 + (−1) · 50 3 · (−107) + (−2) · (−68) + (−1) · (−140)
280 5 Linear Maps
3 2 4
= 10 6 2
5 0 −45
and
ABC = (AB)C
3 2 4 27 −18 10
= 10 6 2 −46 31 −17
5 0 −45 3 −2 1
3 · 27 + 2 · (−46) + 4 · 3 3 · (−18) + 2 · 31 + 4 · (−2) 3 · 10 + 2 · (−17) + 4 · 1
= 10 · 27 + 6 · (−46) + 2 · 3 10 · (−18) + 6 · 31 + 2 · (−2) 10 · 10 + 6 · (−17) + 2 · 1
5 · 27 + 0 · (−46) + (−45) · 3 5 · (−18) + 0 · 31 + (−45) · (−2) 5 · 10 + 0 · (−17) + (−45) · 1
100
= 0 2 0 .
005
We will find
ABCD.
Using the computations in Example 5.28, we get
ABC = ((AB)C)D
5.7 Matrix Multiplication 281
= (ABC)D
100 −3 −1 2
= 0 2 0 1 1 0
005 −1 1 1
1 · (−3) + 0 · 1 + 0 · (−1) 1 · (−1) + 0 · 1 + 0 · 1 1·2+0·0+0·1
= 0 · (−3) + 2 · 1 + 0 · (−1) 0 · (−1) + 2 · 1 + 0 · 1 0·2+2·0+0·1
0 · (−3) + 0 · 1 + 5 · (−1) 0 · (−1) + 0 · 1 + 5 · 1 0·2+0·0+5·1
−3 −1 2
= 2 2 0 .
−5 5 5
Definition 5.18. A matrix for which the number of the rows equals the number of
the columns is said to be quadratic.
Here the number of the rows is 3 and the number of the columns is 6. Therefore A
is not a quadratic matrix.
A2 = AA,
A3 = A2 A = AA2 ,
..
.
Am = Am−1 A = AAm−1 , m ∈ N.
A2 = AA
1 −2 1 −2
=
3 −4 3 −4
1 · 1 + (−2) · 3 1 · (−2) + (−2) · (−4)
=
3 · 1 + (−4) · 3 3 · (−2) + (−4) · (−4)
−5 6
=
−9 10
and
A3 = A2 A
−5 6 1 −2
=
−9 10 3 −4
−5 · 1 + 6 · 3 −5 · (−2) + 6 · (−4)
=
−9 · 1 + 10 · 3 −9 · (−2) + 10 · (−4)
13 −14
=
21 −22
.
Definition 5.20. Let A ∈ Fm,n and j ∈ {1, . . . , m}, k ∈ {1, . . . , n}. With A j, we will
denote the 1 × n matrix consisting of the row j of A. With A,k we will denote the
m × 1 matrix consisting the column k of A.
A2, = 1 9 7 ,
8
A,1 = ,
1
284 5 Linear Maps
4
A,2 = ,
9
5
A,3 = .
7
Proof. We have
n
(AC) jk = ∑ A jrCrk
r=1
Proof. We have
n
(AC) jk = ∑ A jrCrk , j ∈ {1, . . . , m}, k ∈ {1, . . . , n}.
r=1
Then
5.7 Matrix Multiplication 285
n
A C
∑ 1r rk
r=1
n
∑ A2rCrk
(AC) jk = r=1 . (5.30)
..
.
n
∑ AmrCrk
r=1
Next,
C1k
C2k
C,k = .
..
Cnk
and
A11· · · A1n C1k
A21· · · A2n
C2k
AC,k = .
.. .. ..
.. . . .
Am1 · · · Amn Cnk
n
∑ A1rCrk
r=1
n
∑ A2rCrk
= r=1
.
..
.
n
∑ AmrCrk
r=1
By the last equation and (5.30), it follows (5.29). This completes the proof.
Then
286 5 Linear Maps
Proof. We have
A11 · · · A1n C1
A21 · · · A2n C2
AC = .
.. .. ..
.. . . .
Am1 · · · Amn Cn
n
A
∑ 1r r C (5.32)
r=1
n
∑ A2rCr
= r=1 .
..
.
n
∑ AmrCr
r=1
Next,
A11 A12
A21 A22
C1 A,1 +C2 A,2 + · · · +Cn A,n = C1 . +C2 .
.. ..
Am1 Am2
A1n
A2n
+ · · · +Cn .
..
Amn
C1 A11 C2 A12
C1 A21 C2 A22
= . + .
.. ..
C1 An1 C2 Am2
Cn A1n
Cn A2n
+···+ .
..
Cn Amn
5.8 Advanced Practical Problems 287
n
A
∑ 1r r C
r=1
n
∑ A2rCr
= r=1 .
..
.
n
∑ AmrCr
r=1
By the last equation and (5.32), we get (5.31). This completes the proof.
Find
1. (S + T )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
2. (3S)(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
3. (2T )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
4. (S − T )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
5. (3S − 5T )(x, y, z,t), (x, y, z,t) ∈ R4 .
Find
1. (ST )(x, y, z,t, w), (x, y, z,t, w) ∈ R5 .
288 5 Linear Maps
Find ker φ .
x1 − 5x2 + 4x3 = 0.
2.
3.
x1 + 2x3 + x4 + x5 = 0
x3 + x4 + x5 = 0
−x1 + x2 + 4x4 = 0.
4.
x1 + x2 − 3x3 = 0
x2 − x3 + x4 = 0.
5.
x1 + x2 = 0
x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 + x6 = 0.
x1 + ax2 = 1
2x1 + 4x2 = 2
5.8 Advanced Practical Problems 289
bx1 + 4x2 = 2,
Find M (T ).
Problem 5.8. Find A + B, where
−4 1 2 3 −11 12 15
A = −3 0 0 1 2 3 5 ,
−4 −1 −3 1 2 −1 3
−3 0 1 2 11 −15 1
B = −4 1 2 3 −5 6 7 .
−3 −1 2 −1 4 −3 1
Find
1. 3A.
290 5 Linear Maps
2. 2B.
3. 2A + 4B.
4. −3B.
5. 2A − 5B.
Problem 5.11. Find AB and BA, provided they exist, where
1.
5 7 −3 −4
7 6 −4 −5
A= ,
6 4 −3 −2
8 5 −6 −1
1 2 34
2 3 4 5
B=
1
.
3 5 7
2 4 68
2.
2 −3
A= ,
4 −6
9 −6
B= .
6 −4
3.
5 2 −2 −3
6 4 −3 5
9 2 −3 4 ,
A=
7 6 −4 7
2 2 2 2
−1 −5 3 11
16 24 8 −8 .
B=
8 16 0 −16
4.
0 2 −1
A = −2 −1 2 ,
3 −2 −1
70 34 −107
B = 52 26 −68 .
101 50 −140
5.
5.8 Advanced Practical Problems 291
1 1 1 −1
−5 −3 −4 4
A= ,
5 1 4 −3
−16 −11 −15 14
7 −2 3 4
11 0 3 4
B=
5 4 3 0 .
22 2 9 8
a = (a1 , . . . , an ) ∈ F1,n .
Prove that
aC = a1C1, + · · · + anCn, .
(A + B)2 = A2 + 2AB + B2 ,
(A − B)2 = A2 − 2AB + B2 .
Chapter 6
Iso-Real Numbers
1
Let T̂1 be a positive constant. We set Iˆ1 = and
T̂1
ˆ a
F̂R̂I1 = â = :a∈R .
T̂1
a b a b ab
â + b̂ = + , ˆ b̂ = âT̂1 b̂ =
â× T̂1 = ,
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
295
296 6 Iso-Real Numbers
respectively.
1
Example 6.1. Let T̂1 = 2. Then Iˆ1 = and
2
1 na o
F̂R2 = :a∈R .
2
We have
3 4
3̂ + 4̂ = +
2 2
7
=
2
= 7̂,
3 4
ˆ 4̂ =
3̂× ·2·
2 2
12
=
2
ˆ
= 12.
ˆ ˆ
Theorem 6.1. The set F̂RI1 is a field, i.e., if fˆ, ĝ, ĥ ∈ F̂RI1 , then
ˆ
1. fˆ + ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 .
ˆ
2. fˆ×ˆ ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 .
3. fˆ + ĝ + ĥ = fˆ + ĝ + ĥ.
4. fˆ× ˆ ĥ = fˆ×
ˆ ĝ× ˆ ĝ ׈ ĥ.
ˆ
5. f + ĝ = ĝ + f . ˆ
6. fˆ×ˆ ĝ = ĝ× ˆ fˆ.
ˆ
7. there exists an element of F̂RI1 , called the additive identity element and denoted
by 0̂, such that fˆ + 0̂ = fˆ.
8. fˆ×ˆ Iˆ1 = fˆ.
ˆ
9. there is an element − fˆ ∈ F̂RI1 such that
fˆ + − fˆ = 0̂.
ˆ
6 0̂, then there is an element fˆ−1 ∈ F̂RI1 such that
10. If fˆ =
ˆ fˆ−1 = Iˆ1 .
fˆ×
11. fˆ×
ˆ ĝ + ĥ = fˆ×
ˆ ĝ + fˆ×
ˆ ĥ .
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 297
Proof. 1. We have
f g
fˆ + ĝ = +
T̂1 T̂1
f +g
=
T̂1
ˆ
f + g ∈ F̂RI1 .
= [
2. We have
f g
fˆ×
ˆ ĝ = T̂1
T̂1 T̂1
fg
=
T̂1
ˆ
f g ∈ F̂RI1 .
=c
3. We have
f g h
fˆ + ĝ + ĥ =
+ +
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
f g h
= + +
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
= fˆ + ĝ + ĥ.
4. We have
ˆf ×
f g h
ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ = T̂1 T̂1
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
h
= f g
T̂1
h
= ( f g)
T̂1
f g h
= T̂1 T̂1
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
= fˆ×
ˆ ĝ × ˆ ĥ.
5. We have
298 6 Iso-Real Numbers
f g
fˆ + ĝ = +
T̂1 T̂1
g f
= +
T̂1 T̂1
= ĝ + fˆ.
6. We have
f g
fˆ×
ˆ ĝ = T̂1
T̂1 T̂1
g
= f
T̂1
g
= f
T̂1
g f
= T̂1
T̂1 T̂1
ˆ fˆ.
= ĝ×
7. Let
0
0̂ = .
T̂1
Then
f 0
fˆ + 0̂ = +
T̂1 T̂1
f +0
=
T̂1
f
=
T̂1
= fˆ.
8. We have
f 1
fˆ×
ˆ Iˆ1 = T̂1
T̂1 T̂1
f
=
T̂1
= fˆ.
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 299
9. Let
−f
− fˆ = =−
cf .
T̂1
Then
ˆf + − fˆ = f + − f
T̂1 T̂1
=0
0
=
T̂1
= 0̂.
f f −1
ˆ fˆ−1 = T̂1
fˆ×
T̂1 T̂1
f f −1
=
T̂1
1
=
T̂1
= Iˆ1 .
11. We have
f g h
fˆ×
ˆ ĝ + ĥ = T̂1 +
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
g h
= f +
T̂1 T̂1
g h
= f +f
T̂1 T̂1
f g f h
= T̂1 + T̂1
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
= fˆ×
ˆ ĝ + fˆ×
ˆ ĥ.
fˆ + ĝ + ĥ = fˆ + ĝ + ĥ ,
fˆ× ˆ ĥ = fˆ×
ˆ ĝ× ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ ,
respectively.
Definition 6.6. Using Definition 6.5, we define
fˆ + ĝ + ĥ + lˆ = fˆ + ĝ + ĥ + lˆ ,
fˆ× ˆ lˆ = fˆ× ˆ lˆ ,
ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ× ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ×
ˆ
for fˆ, ĝ, ĥ, lˆ ∈ F̂RI1 . And so on.
ˆ
Corollary 6.1. Every solution r̂ of the equation ĝ + r̂ = ĝ, ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 is a solution of
ˆ
the equation ĥ + r̂ = ĥ, ĥ ∈ F̂RI1 .
ˆ ˆ
Proof. Let r̂ ∈ F̂RI1 be a solution to the equation ĝ + r̂ = ĝ and ŷ ∈ F̂RI1 be a solution
to the equation ĝ + ŷ = ĥ. Then
ĥ + r̂ = (ĝ + ŷ) + r̂
= ĝ + (ŷ + r̂)
= ĝ + (r̂ + ŷ)
= (ĝ + r̂) + ŷ
= ĝ + ŷ
= ĥ,
ĝ + ŷ = ĝ.
ŷ + r̂ = ŷ, r̂ + ŷ = r̂.
Proof. Let us suppose that the considered equation has two solutions r̂ and ŷ. For
them we have
ĝ + r̂ = ĥ and ĝ + ŷ = ĥ.
Hence,
ĝ + r̂ = ĝ + ŷ.
ˆ
Since F̂RI1 is a field, it follows that the equation ĝ + ẑ = 0̂ has a solution. Then
ŷ = ŷ + 0̂
= ŷ + (ĝ + ẑ)
= (ŷ + ĝ) + ẑ
= (ĝ + ŷ) + ẑ
= (ĝ + r̂) + ẑ
= (r̂ + ĝ) + ẑ
= r̂ + (ĝ + ẑ)
= r̂ + 0̂
= r̂.
Remark 6.2. By Corollary 6.3, it follows that for every two iso-real numbers ĝ, ĥ the
equation ĝ + r̂ = ĥ has a unique solution. This unique solution can be represented in
the form ĥ − ĝ. We have ĥ − ĝ = ĥ + (−ĝ) and
302 6 Iso-Real Numbers
From Corollary 6.3, it follows that the equation ĝ + r̂ = 0̂ has a unique solution. This
unique solution is given by r̂ = −ĝ.
ˆ
Corollary 6.4. Let ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 . Then
−(−ĝ) = ĝ.
Proof. We have
−(−ĝ) = −(−ĝ) + 0̂
= ĝ + ((−ĝ) + (−(−ĝ)))
= ĝ + 0̂
= ĝ.
ˆ = ĥ
ĝ×r̂
ˆ
has a unique solution r̂ ∈ F̂RI1 .
ˆ
Proof. Since ĝ 6= 0̂ and F̂RI1 is a field, there exists ĝ−1 . We will show that
ˆ ĝ−1
r̂ = ĥ×
= ĥ i ĝ
ˆ ĝ−1
ˆ = ĝ×
ĝ×r̂ ˆ ĥ×
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 303
ˆ ĝ−1 ×
= ĝ× ˆ ĥ
ˆ ĝ−1 ×
= ĝ× ˆ ĥ
g g−1
h
= T̂1 T̂1
T̂1 T̂1 T̂1
h
=
T̂1
= ĥ.
Now, suppose that the considered equation has other solution ŷ. Let ẑ be a solution
ˆ = Iˆ1 . Then
of the equation ĝ×r̂
ˆ Iˆ1
ŷ = ŷ×
ˆ ĝ×ẑ)
= ŷ×( ˆ
ˆ ĝ)×ẑ
= (ŷ× ˆ
ˆ ŷ)×ẑ
= (ĝ× ˆ
ˆ
= ĥ×ẑ
ˆ ×ẑ
= (ĝ×r̂) ˆ
ˆ ĝ)×ẑ
= (r̂× ˆ
ˆ ĝ×ẑ)
= r̂×( ˆ
ˆ Iˆ1
= r̂×
= r̂.
1. 0̂ = −0̂.
2. ĝ − 0̂ = ĝ.
3. ĝ׈ 0̂ = 0̂.
4. Iˆ1 6= 0̂.
5. (−Iˆ1 )× ˆ â = −â.
6. (−Iˆ1 )×(−
ˆ Iˆ1 ) = Iˆ1 .
7. −(ĝ − ĥ) = ĥ − ĝ.
Proof. 1. The iso-real numbers 0̂ and −0̂ are solutions of the equation 0̂ + r̂ = 0̂,
which has unique solution. Therefore 0̂ = −0̂.
2. Since 0̂ + (ĝ − 0̂) = ĝ, then ĝ − 0̂ is a solution of the equation 0̂ + r̂ = ĝ. The
solution of the last equation is ĝ, because 0̂ + ĝ = ĝ + 0̂ = ĝ. This solution is
unique. Therefore ĝ − 0̂ = ĝ.
3. We have
ˆ 0̂ = ĝ×
ĝ× ˆ 0̂ + 0̂
ˆ 0̂ + (ĝ + (−ĝ))
= ĝ×
ˆ 0̂ + ĝ) + (−ĝ)
= (ĝ×
ˆ Iˆ1 ) + (−ĝ)
ˆ 0̂ + ĝ×
= (ĝ×
ˆ 0̂ + Iˆ1 ) + (−ĝ)
= ĝ×(
ˆ Iˆ1 + (−ĝ)
= ĝ×
= ĝ + (−ĝ)
= 0̂.
4. Since there exists â ∈ F̂R so that â 6= 0̂, then if we suppose that Iˆ1 = 0̂, we will
have
ˆ Iˆ1
â = â×
ˆ 0̂
= â×
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 305
= 0̂,
(−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĝ = (−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĝ + 0̂
= (−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĝ + (ĝ + (−ĝ))
= ((−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĝ + ĝ) + (−ĝ)
ˆ
= ĝ×((−Iˆ1 ) + Iˆ1 ) + (−ĝ)
ˆ 0̂ + (−ĝ)
= ĝ×
= 0̂ + (−ĝ)
= −ĝ.
6. We have
(−Iˆ1 )×(−
ˆ Iˆ1 ) = −(−Iˆ1 )
= Iˆ1 .
7. We have
= (−Iˆ1 )×(
ˆ ĝ + (−ĥ))
= (−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĝ + (−Iˆ1 )×(−
ˆ ĥ)
= −(−ĥ) + (−ĝ)
= ĥ − ĝ.
Corollary 6.7. If ĝ ∈ F̂R and ĝ 6= 0̂, then the iso-real numbers ĝ and −ĝ cannot be
simultaneously positive.
Proof. If ĝ and −ĝ are simultaneously positive iso-real numbers, then, using the
axiom A3, it follows that their sum is a positive iso-real number. On the other hand,
their sum is the iso-zero. This is a contradiction with the axiom A1. This completes
the proof.
Definition 6.7. The iso-real numbers which are not positive and are not equal to the
iso-zero will be called negative iso-real numbers.
Proof. We have that Iˆ1 6= 0̂. If we suppose that −Iˆ1 is a positive iso-real number,
then, using the axiom A3, it follows that
(−Iˆ1 )×(−
ˆ Iˆ1 ) = Iˆ1
is a positive iso-real number. Therefore Iˆ1 and −Iˆ1 are simultaneously positive,
which is a contradiction. Consequently Iˆ1 is a positive iso-real number. This com-
pletes the proof
ˆ
Definition 6.8. We will say that the iso-real number ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 is less than the iso-real
ˆ
number ĥ ∈ F̂RI1 and we will write
ˆ x̂ + 4̂ = 5̂
3̂× ⇐⇒
3 x 4 5
·4· + = =⇒
4 4 4 4
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 307
3 5
x+1 = =⇒
4 4
3 5
x = −1 =⇒
4 4
3 1
x= =⇒
4 4
1
x= =⇒
3
1 1
x̂ = ·
3 4
1
b
= .
3
Example 6.3. Let T̂1 = 5 and let us consider the equation
3̂x̂ + 2̂ = 7̂,
3
x+2 = 7 =⇒
5
3
x=5 =⇒
5
25
x= =⇒
3
25
c
x̂ = .
3
Exercise 6.1. Let T̂1 = 2. Find x̂ such that
1. 2̂׈ x̂ = 4̂.
2. 2̂x̂ = 4̂.
Definition 6.9. We will say that the iso-real number ĝ ∈ F̂R is less than or equal to
the iso-real number ĥ ∈ F̂R and we will write
308 6 Iso-Real Numbers
ĝ ≤ ĥ or ĥ ≥ ĝ,
Corollary 6.9. For every two iso-real numbers ĝ, ĥ ∈ F̂R is true one of the following
relations.
1. ĝ = ĥ.
2. ĝ > ĥ.
3. ĝ < ĥ.
Proof. Note that ĝ > 0̂ if and only if ĝ − 0̂ = ĝ is a positive iso-real number. This
completes the proof.
ˆ
Corollary 6.11. Let â, b̂, ĉ, dˆ ∈ F̂RI1 . If â > b̂ and ĉ > d,ˆ then
ˆ
â + ĉ > b̂ + d.
Also,
and
= ((â + (−Iˆ1 )× ˆ dˆ
ˆ b̂) + ĉ) + (−Iˆ1 )×
= (â + (−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ b̂) + (ĉ + (−Iˆ1 )× ˆ
ˆ d)
ˆ
= (â − b̂) + (ĉ − d)
From here,
ˆ
â + ĉ > b̂ + d.
This completes the proof.
ˆ ˆ
Corollary 6.12. 1. If ĝ, ĥ ∈ F̂RI1 and ĝ > ĥ, then ĝ + lˆ > ĥ + lˆ for every lˆ ∈ F̂RI1 .
ˆ
2. If ĝ, ĥ, lˆ ∈ F̂ I1 , ĝ > ĥ and ĥ > l,ˆ then ĝ > l.ˆ
R
ˆ
3. If ĝ, ĥ, lˆ ∈ F̂RI1 , ĝ > 0̂ and ĥ > l,ˆ then ĝ׈ ĥ > ĝ× ˆ l.ˆ
ˆI1
4. If ĝ, ĥ, lˆ ∈ F̂ , ĝ < 0̂, ĥ > l,ˆ then ĝ×
R
ˆ ĥ < ĝ׈ l.ˆ
Proof. 1. We have that ĝ > ĥ if and only if ĝ − ĥ > 0̂. On the other hand,
ˆ − (ĥ + l)
(ĝ + l) ˆ = (ĝ − ĥ).
Therefore
ĝ + lˆ > ĥ + l.
ˆ
2. From ĝ > ĥ and ĥ > l,ˆ it follows that ĝ − ĥ > 0̂ and ĥ − lˆ > 0̂. Hence and 1, it
follows that
ˆ > 0̂.
(ĝ − ĥ) + (ĥ − l)
Since
ĝ − lˆ = (ĝ − ĥ) + (ĥ − l),
ˆ
using the axiom A4, we conclude that ĝ − lˆ is a positive iso-real number. Then
ĝ > l.ˆ
3. We have that ĥ − lˆ > 0̂. Therefore
ˆ > 0̂.
ˆ ĥ − l)
ĝ×(
Because
ĝ×( ˆ = ĝ×
ˆ ĥ − l) ˆ ĥ − ĝ× ˆ
ˆ l,
we have
310 6 Iso-Real Numbers
ˆ lˆ > 0̂.
ˆ ĥ − ĝ×
ĝ×
4. We have ĥ − lˆ > 0̂ and −ĝ > 0̂. Therefore
ˆ = −ĝ×
ˆ ĥ − l)
−ĝ×( ˆ lˆ
ˆ ĥ + ĝ×
ˆ lˆ − ĝ×
= ĝ× ˆ ĥ
ˆ lˆ > ĝ×
ĝ× ˆ ĥ.
From here,
ˆ ĥ < ĝ×
ĝ× ˆ
ˆ l.
This completes the proof.
ˆ
Definition 6.10. Absolute value or modulus of the iso-real ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 is called the
larger iso-real number of the iso-real numbers ĝ, −ĝ. We will write |ĝ|.
From this definition it follows that
ˆ
1. |ĝ| ≥ 0̂ for every ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 , |ĝ| = 0̂ if and only if ĝ = 0̂.
ˆ
2. ĝ ≤ |ĝ|, −ĝ ≤ |ĝ| for every ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 .
ˆ
3. |ĝ| = | − ĝ| for every ĝ ∈ F̂RI1 .
ˆ
Theorem 6.2. Let ĝ, ĥ, lˆ ∈ F̂RI1 . Then
1. |ĝ + ĥ| ≤ |ĝ| + |ĥ|,
2. |ĝ − ĥ| ≥ |ĝ| − |ĥ|,
3. ||ĝ| − |ĥ|| ≤ |ĝ − ĥ|,
4. |ĝ׈ ĥ| = |ĝ|×|
ˆ ĥ|,
5. |ĝ i ĥ| = |ĝ| i |ĥ|, ĥ 6= 0̂,
6. |ĝ| < ĥ if and only if −ĥ < ĝ < ĥ for ĥ > 0̂.
Proof. 1. If
ĝ + ĥ ≥ 0̂,
then
|ĝ + ĥ| = ĝ + ĥ ≤ |ĝ| + |ĥ|.
If ĝ + ĥ ≤ 0̂, then
= −ĝ − ĥ
≤ |ĝ| + |ĥ|.
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 311
2. Using 1, we have
= |ĝ − ĥ|.
3. If
|ĝ| − |ĥ| ≥ 0̂,
then
≤ |ĝ − ĥ|.
If
|ĝ| − |ĥ| ≤ 0̂,
then
≤ |ĥ − ĝ|
= |ĝ − ĥ|.
ˆ ĥ| = ĝ×
|ĝ× ˆ ĥ
ˆ ĥ|.
= |ĝ|×|
ˆ ĥ| = −(ĝ×
|ĝ× ˆ ĥ)
= (−Iˆ1 )×(
ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ)
= (−Iˆ1 )×(
ˆ ĥ×
ˆ ĝ)
= (−Iˆ1 ×
ˆ ĥ)×
ˆ ĝ
ˆ ĝ)
= (−ĥ)×(
ˆ ĝ|
= |ĥ|×|
ˆ ĥ|.
= |ĝ|×|
ˆ ĥ ≤ 0̂ and
If ĝ ≤ 0̂ and ĥ ≥ 0̂, then ĝ×
ˆ ĥ| = −(ĝ×
|ĝ× ˆ ĥ)
= (−Iˆ1 )×(
ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ)
= (−Iˆ1 ×
ˆ ĝ)×(
ˆ ĥ)
ˆ ĥ|.
= |ĝ|×|
ˆ ĥ ≥ 0̂ and
If ĝ ≤ 0̂ and ĥ ≤ 0̂, then ĝ×
ˆ ĥ| = ĝ×
|ĝ× ˆ ĥ
= (−Iˆ1 )×(−
ˆ Iˆ1 )×(
ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ)
= (−Iˆ1 )×((−
ˆ Iˆ1 )×(
ˆ ĝ×
ˆ ĥ))
= (−Iˆ1 )×(((−
ˆ Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĝ)×
ˆ ĥ)
= (−Iˆ1 )×((−
ˆ ˆ ĥ)
ĝ)×
= (−Iˆ1 )×(
ˆ ĥ×(−
ˆ ĝ))
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 313
= ((−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĥ)×(−
ˆ ĝ)
ˆ ĝ)
= (−ĥ)×(−
ˆ ĥ)
= (−ĝ)×(−
ˆ ĥ|.
= |ĝ|×|
5. This assertion follows from the previous statement for ĝ and Iˆ1 i ĥ.
6. If ĝ ≥ 0̂, then |ĝ| = ĝ and the inequality |ĝ| < ĥ is equivalent of the inequality
ĝ < ĥ. Since every positive iso-real number is greater than every negative iso-
real number, we have that the inequality |ĝ| < ĥ is equivalent to the inequality
−ĥ < ĝ < ĥ. If ĝ ≤ 0̂, then |ĝ| = −ĝ and the inequality |ĝ| < ĥ is equivalent to
the inequality −ĝ < ĥ. From here,
(−Iˆ1 )×(−
ˆ ĝ) > (−Iˆ1 )×
ˆ ĥ
or ĝ > −ĥ. Also, using that ĝ is a negative iso-real number, it is less than ĥ, i.e.
the considered inequality is equivalent to the inequality
We have
3̂x̂ − 4̂ > 5̂ ⇐⇒
3x 4 5
− > ⇐⇒
22 2 2
3
x−4 > 5 ⇐⇒
2
3
x>9 ⇐⇒
2
x>6 ⇐⇒
314 6 Iso-Real Numbers
1 6
x > 6· ⇐⇒
2 2
x̂ > 6̂.
ˆ x̂ − 3̂ < 2̂.
5̂×
We have
5 x 3 2
·4· − < ⇐⇒
4 4 4 4
5x − 3 < 2 ⇐⇒
5x < 5 ⇐⇒
x<1 ⇐⇒
1 1
x < ⇐⇒
4 4
x̂ < 1̂.
3̂x̂ − 2̂ < 4.
3x − 10 < 100 ⇐⇒
3x < 110 ⇐⇒
110
x< ⇐⇒
3
6.1 Algebra of Iso-Real Number Systems 315
1 110 1
x· < · ⇐⇒
5 3 5
110
d
x̂ < .
3
Exercise 6.3. Let T̂1 = 3. Solve the inequality
ˆ x̂ − 2̂×x
3̂× ˆ − 4 > 5̂.
3
|x| − x = 5 ⇐⇒
4
3 3
x − x = 5, −x − x = 5 =⇒
4 4
20
x = 20, x=− , =⇒
7
ˆ
d20
x̂ = 20, x̂ = − .
7
ˆ
Definition 6.11. For x̂ ∈ F̂RI1 we define
x̂2̂ = x̂×
ˆ x̂,
x̂3̂ = x̂×
ˆ x̂2̂
ˆ x̂×
= x̂× ˆ x̂,
···
316 6 Iso-Real Numbers
x̂n̂ = x̂×
ˆ x̂n−1 ,
[
n ∈ N,
x̂2 = x̂x̂,
x̂3 = x̂x̂2
= x̂x̂x̂,
···
x̂n = x̂x̂n−1 , n ∈ N.
3 3 3 3 3 2 2
= ·4 ·4· + · + ·4·
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
27 9
= + +1
4 16
133
=
16
133
d
= .
4
Exercise 6.5. Let T̂1 = 3. Solve the equation
x̂2̂ + 2̂×
ˆ x̂ − 3̂x̂ + 4 = 0.
Solution. We have
x̂2̂ = x̂×
ˆ x̂
x x
= ·3·
3 3
x2
= ,
3
6.2 Sets of Iso-Real Numbers 317
2 x
ˆ x̂ =
2̂× ·3·
3 3
2x
= ,
3
3 x
3̂x̂ = ·
3 3
x
= .
3
Then the given equation is equivalent to the equation
x2 2x x
+ − +4 = 0
3 3 3
or
x2 + x + 12 = 0,
which has not solutions in R. Therefore the considered equation has not any solution
1
in F̂R3 .
Exercise 6.6. Simplify
x̂2̂ ×
ˆ x̂3̂ x̂4 ×
ˆ x̂5̂ .
ˆ
Answer. x̂10 x̂4 .
Definition 6.12. A nonempty set  of iso-real numbers will be called bounded above
if there exists an iso-real number â such that
ĝ ≤ â
for every ĝ ∈ Â. In this case the iso-real number â is called upper bound of the set
Â.
Definition 6.13. A nonempty set  of iso-real numbers will be called bounded be-
low if there exists an iso-real number b̂ such that
ĝ ≥ b̂.
In this case the iso-real number b̂ is called lower bound of the set Â.
318 6 Iso-Real Numbers
Definition 6.16. Supremum of a nonempty bounded above set  is the least element
ˆ
α̂ in F̂RI1 that is greater than or equal to all elements of Â. We will write
sup = α̂.
x̂ > α̂.
ˆ
Since  is bounded above, there exists a positive element β̂ ∈ F̂RI1 such that x̂ ≤ β̂
for any x̂ ∈ Â. Hence, we get a contradiction when α̂ > β̂ . This completes the proof.
Theorem 6.4. Every bounded below nonempty set of iso-real numbers has infimum.
Proof. Let Ĥ be an arbitrary nonempty bounded below set of iso-real numbers. Then
ˆ
there exists lˆ ∈ F̂RI1 so that lˆ ≤ ĥ for every ĥ ∈ Ĥ. We set
M̂ = {−ĥ : ĥ ∈ Ĥ}.
Then M̂ is a nonempty set of iso-real numbers and m̂ ≤ −lˆ for every m̂ ∈ M̂, i.e., the
set M̂ is a bounded above set. From here and from Theorem 6.3, it follows that the
set M̂ has a supremum α̂. Consequently
6.2 Sets of Iso-Real Numbers 319
ˆ
(−∞, â) = {x̂ ∈ F̂RI1 : x̂ < â}.
ˆ
(â, ∞) = {x̂ ∈ F̂RI1 : x̂ > â}.
β̂ = infÂ.
For it we have
1. x̂ ≥ β̂ for every x̂ ∈ Â.
2. for every ε̂ > 0̂ there exists x̂ε̂ ∈ Â such that x̂ε̂ < β̂ + ε̂.
For ε̂ = Iˆ1 we have that there exists ŷε̂ ∈ Â such that ŷε̂ < β̂ + Iˆ1 . Since we suppose
that  has not minimal element, then there exists ẑ ∈  such that
ŷε̂ − ẑ ≥ Iˆ1 .
α̂ = supF̂N .
For it we have
ˆ
1. x̂ ≤ α̂ for every x̂ ∈ F̂NI1 .
ˆ
2. for every ε̂ > 0̂ there exists x̂ε̂ ∈ F̂NI1 such that x̂ε̂ > α̂ − ε̂.
6.2 Sets of Iso-Real Numbers 321
ˆ
When ε̂ = Iˆ1 we have that there exists ŷε̂ ∈ F̂NI1 such that
be a system of closed finite intervals. Then there exists ŷ ∈ F̂R such that ŷ ∈ ∆ˆ k̂ for
ˆ
every k̂ ∈ F̂NI1 .
Proof. Let
∆ˆ n̂ = [ân̂ , b̂n̂ ].
ˆ
Let also, p̂, q̂ ∈ F̂NI1 . For p̂ and q̂ we have the following possibilities.
1. p̂ < q̂.
2. p̂ = q̂.
3. p̂ > q̂.
If p̂ < q̂, then we have
[â p̂ , b̂ p̂ ]⊃[âq̂ , b̂q̂ ].
From here, it follows that
â p̂ ≤ b̂q̂ .
If p̂ = q̂, then
â p̂ ≤ b̂q̂ .
If p̂ > q̂, then
[âq̂ , b̂q̂ ]⊆[â p̂ , b̂ p̂ ]
and
â p̂ ≤ b̂q̂ .
ˆ
Consequently for every p̂, q̂ ∈ F̂NI1 we have
â p̂ ≤ b̂q̂ . (6.7)
ˆ ˆ
Let q̂ ∈ F̂NI1 be fixed and p̂ runs the all set F̂NI1 . Then, from (6.7), it follows that the
set
 = {âIˆ1 , â2̂ , . . . , â p̂ , . . .}
322 6 Iso-Real Numbers
α̂ = supÂ.
ˆ
From here, it follows that for every p̂ ∈ F̂NI1 we have
â p̂ ≤ α̂.
Since b̂q̂ is an upper bound of the set Â, using the definition of α̂, we obtain
ˆ
α̂ ≤ b̂q̂ , ∀q̂ ∈ F̂NI1 .
ˆ
Since q̂ ∈ F̂NI1 was arbitrarily chosen, we have
â p̂ ≤ α̂ ≤ b̂q̂
ˆ ˆ
for every p̂, q̂ ∈ F̂NI1 . When p̂ = q̂ = n̂ ∈ F̂NI1 , we get
ân̂ ≤ α̂ ≤ b̂n̂ .
ˆ + 3×
2x̂ − 4̂×x ˆ x̂ < 2̂.
x̂2̂ − 4̂×
ˆ x̂ − c
12 = 0.
ˆ
Problem 6.6. Let T̂1 = 6. Solve the equation in F̂RI1
6.3 Advanced Practical Problems 323
ˆ x̂ + 4̂) − x̂2̂ = 4.
3̂×(
ˆ
Problem 6.7. Let T̂1 = 4. Solve the equation in F̂RI1
Let T̂1 > 0 be a constant. Let also, D, Y , Z ⊆ R be given sets, f be a relation between
D and Z, defined on all D, and T̂ be a relation between D and Y , defined on all D,
T̂ (x) > 0 for every x ∈ D. For x ∈ D with x̂ we will denote
x ˆ = 1 ,
. Set I(x)
T̂ (x) T̂ (x)
x ∈ D.
Definition 7.1. We will say that in the set D is defined an iso-function of the first
kind or iso-map of the first kind, if
ŷ = fˆ∧∧ (x)
= fˆ∧ (x̂)
f (x)
= , x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
is a function or map. We will use the notation fˆ∧∧ . The element x will be called iso-
argument of the iso-function of the first kind or iso-independent iso-variable, and
its iso-image ŷ = fˆ∧ (x̂) will be called iso-dependent iso-variable or iso-value of the
iso-function of the first kind. The set
{ fˆ∧ (x̂) : x ∈ D}
will be called iso-codomain of iso-values of the iso-function of the first kind. The
set D will be called iso-domain of the iso-function of the first kind.
325
326 7 Iso-Functions
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x+1
= , x ∈ D.
2x + 1
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x3 + 1
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
Example 7.3. Let D = [−1, 1],
2
x + 1 for x ∈ [−1, 0], 1 for x ∈ [−1, 0],
f (x) = T̂ (x) =
x + 2 for x ∈ [0, 1], 2 for x ∈ [0, 1].
We have 2
x +1
for x ∈ [−1, 0],
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
x+2
for x ∈ [0, 1],
2
and fˆ∧∧ : [−1, 1] → [0, 2].
Then 3
x +1
for x ∈ [−2, 0],
2
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
3
x +1
for x ∈ [0, 2].
3
1
Exercise 7.1. Let D = R, f (x) = , T̂ (x) = x2 + 1, x ∈ D. Find
x2 + 1
fˆ∧ (x̂), x ∈ D.
1
x2 + 3 for x ∈ [−1, − ],
2
x+1 for x ∈ [−1, 0],
1 1
f (x) = T̂ (x) = x2 + 4 for x ∈ [− , ],
x+2 for x ∈ [0, 1],
2 2
2
1
x + 6 for x ∈ [ , 1].
2
Find fˆ∧ (x̂), x ∈ D.
x+1
2 +2
for x ∈ [0, 1],
x 2
x +1
for x ∈ [0, 1],
1
f (x) = − + x for x ∈ [1, 2], T̂ (x) =
3 2 (x2 + 2) for
x ∈ [1, 3].
3
− 7 + x2 for x ∈ [2, 3],
3
Definition 7.2. We will say that in the set D is defined an iso-function of the second
kind or iso-map of the second kind if xT̂ (x) ∈ D for every x ∈ D and
ŷ = fˆ∧ (x)
f (xT̂ (x))
= , x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
is a function or map. We will use the notation fˆ∧ . The element x will be called iso-
argument of the iso-function of the second kind or iso-independent iso-variable, and
its iso-image ŷ = fˆ∧ (x) will be called iso-dependent iso-variable or iso-value of the
iso-function of the second kind. The set
{ fˆ∧ (x) : x ∈ D}
328 7 Iso-Functions
will be called iso-codomain of iso-values of the iso-function of the second kind. The
set D will be called iso-domain of the iso-function of the second kind.
Also,
f xT̂ (x)
ˆ∧
f (x) =
T̂ (x)
f x2
=
T̂ (x)
x4
=
x
= x3 , x ∈ D.
= x3 + 2x ≥ 1 for ∀x ≥ 1,
f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
f (x(x2 + 2))
=
x2 + 2
f (x3 + 2x)
=
x2 + 2
x3 + 2x − 1
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 2
xT̂ (x) = x3 + x
≥1 for x ≥ 1.
7.1 Definitions of Iso-Functions of the First, Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Kind 329
Also,
f xT̂ (x)
ˆ∧
f (x) =
T̂ (x)
f x x2 + 1
=
x2 + 1
2x x2 + 1
=
x2 + 1
= 2x, x ∈ D.
Exercise 7.5. Let D = [1, +∞), T̂ (x) = x + 1, f (x) = x2 , x ∈ D. Find fˆ∧ (x̂), fˆ∧ (x).
Solution. We have
xT̂ (x) = x2 + x ≥ 1 for x≥1
and
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x2
= ,
x+1
f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
f (x(x + 1))
=
x+1
f (x2 + x)
=
x+1
(x2 + x)2
=
x+1
x2 (x + 1)2
=
x+1
= (x + 1)x2 , x ∈ D.
Exercise 7.6. Let D = [2, +∞), T̂ (x) = x − 1, f (x) = x3 + x, x ∈ D. Find fˆ∧ (x̂),
fˆ∧ (x), x ∈ D.
330 7 Iso-Functions
Definition 7.3. We will say that in the set D is defined an iso-function of the third
x
kind or an iso-map of the third kind, if ∈ D for every x ∈ D and
T̂ (x)
ŷ = fˆˆ(x)
= fˆ(x̂)
x
f T̂ (x)
= , x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
is a function or map. We will use the notation fˆˆ. The element x will be called iso-
argument of the iso-function of the third kind or iso-independent iso-variable, and
its iso-image ŷ = fˆ(x̂) will be called iso-dependent iso-variable or iso-value of the
iso-function of the third kind. The set
{ fˆ(x̂) : x ∈ D}
will be called iso-codomain of iso-values of the iso-function of the third kind. The
set D will be called iso-domain of the iso-function of the third kind.
Example 7.8. Let D = [1, ∞), f (x) = x2 , T̂ (x) = x, x ∈ D. Then
x
=1∈D for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Also,
x
f T̂ (x)
fˆ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
1
=
T̂ (x)
1
= , x ∈ D.
x
Also,
x
f T̂ (x)
fˆ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x
f 2x+3
=
2x + 3
2x
2x+3 +1
=
2x + 3
4x + 3
= , x ∈ D.
(2x + 3)2
3 11
We have fˆˆ : D → , .
49 9
and
x
f T̂ (x)
fˆ(x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x
f x2 +1
=
x2 + 1
3
x
x2 +1
−1
=
x2 + 1
x3 − (x2 + 1)3
=
(x2 + 1)4
Exercise 7.9. Let D = [0, 5], T̂ (x) = x + 2, f (x) = x2 + 2x, x ∈ D. Find fˆ(x̂).
Definition 7.4. We will say that in the set D is defined an iso-function of the fourth
kind or iso-map of the fourth kind f ∧ if xT̂ (x) ∈ D for every x ∈ D and
332 7 Iso-Functions
ŷ = f ∧ (x)
= f xT̂ (x) , x ∈ D,
is a function or map. We will use the notation f ∧ . The element x will be called iso-
argument of the iso-function of the fourth kind or iso-independent iso-variable, and
its iso-image ŷ = f ∧ (x) will be called iso-dependent iso-variable or iso-value of the
iso-function of the fourth kind. The set
{ f ∧ (x) : x ∈ D}
will be called iso-codomain of iso-values of the iso-function of the fourth kind. The
set D will be called iso-domain of the iso-function of the fourth kind.
xT̂ (x) = x3
≥1 for ∀x ≥ 1,
and
= f (x3 )
= x3 , x ∈ D.
1
Example 7.12. Let D = [0, ∞), f (x) = x2 , T̂ (x) = , x ∈ D. Then
x+1
x
xT̂ (x) = ∈D for any x ∈ D.
x+1
Hence,
x
= f
x+1
x2
= , x ∈ D.
(x + 1)2
xT̂ (x) = x x2 + 1 ∈ D
for any x ∈ D.
Hence,
= f x3 + x
= 2x3 + 2x + 1, x ∈ D.
Exercise 7.11. Let D = [0, ∞), f (x) = x−2, T̂ (x) = x2 +1, x ∈ D. Find f ∧ (x), x ∈ D.
1 x x
Exercise 7.12. Let D = [0, ∞), T̂ (x) = , f (x) = sin x + + , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1 x2 + 1 x+1
Find f ∧ (x), x ∈ D.
Definition 7.5. We will say that in the set D is defined an iso-function of the fifth
x
kind or iso-map of the fifth kind if ∈ D for every x ∈ D and
T̂ (x)
ŷ = f ∨ (x)
x
= f , x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
is a function or map. We will use the notation f ∨ . The element x will be called iso-
argument of the iso-function of the fifth kind or iso-independent iso-variable, and
its iso-image ŷ = f ∨ (x) will be called iso-dependent iso-variable or iso-value of the
iso-function of the fifth kind. The set
{ f ∨ (x) : x ∈ D}
will be called iso-codomain of iso-values of the iso-function of the fifth kind. The
set D will be called iso-domain of the iso-function of the fifth kind.
Hence,
∨ x
f (x) = f
T̂ (x)
334 7 Iso-Functions
x
= f
4x + 3
2x
= +1
4x + 3
3(2x + 1)
= , x ∈ D.
4x + 3
1
Example 7.15. Let D = [0, ∞), f (x) = x4 + 5x2 , T̂ (x) = √ , x ∈ D. Then
x+1
x √
= x x + 1 ∈ D for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Hence,
x
f ∨ (x) = f
T̂ (x)
√
= f x x+1
= x4 (x + 1)2 + 5x2 (x + 1)
= x4 x2 + 2x + 1 + 5x3 + 5x2
= x3 + x ∈ D for any x ∈ D.
Hence,
∨ x
f (x) = f
T̂ (x)
= f x3 + x
2
= x3 + x
7.2 Iso-Bijection, Iso-Injection and Iso-Surjection 335
= x6 + 2x4 + x2 , x ∈ D.
1
Exercise 7.13. Let D = R, f (x) = x2 + x, T̂ (x) = , x ∈ D. Find f ∨ (x), x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
1
Exercise 7.14. Let D = [2, ∞), f (x) = x + 4, T̂ (x) = , x ∈ D. Find f ∨ (x), x ∈ D.
x+1
√ 1
Exercise 7.15. Let D = [0, ∞), f (x) = x + 2, T̂ (x) = , x ∈ D. Find f ∨ (x),
x+2
x ∈ D.
Remark 7.1. 1. Let a ∈ D, f (x) ≡ a for any x ∈ D, T̂ (a) is defined and T̂ (a) > 0.
Then
a
a. â∧∧ = .
T̂ (a)
a
b. â∧ = if aT̂ (a) ∈ D.
T̂ (a)
a a
c. ∠= if ∈ D.
T̂ (a) T̂ (a)
∧
d. a = a if aT̂ (a) ∈ D.
a
e. a∨ = a if ∈ D.
T̂ (a)
a
2. If â ∈ F̂RT̂1 , then â = .
T̂1
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x+1
= ,
3
f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
f (3x)
=
T̂ (x)
3x + 1
= ,
3
x
f T̂ (x)
fˆ(x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x
f 3
=
3
x
3 +1
=
3
x+3
= ,
9
= f (3x)
= 3x + 1,
x
f ∨ (x) = f
T̂ (x)
x
= + 1, x ∈ D.
3
1
Example 7.18. Let D = [0, ∞), T̂1 = 2, f (x) = 1, T̂ (x) = , x ∈ D. Then f is not
x+1
∧ ∧∧
injection, but fˆ (x̂) = x + 1, x ∈ D, fˆ : D → [1, ∞) is an iso-injection.
f (x)
fˆ∧∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
2x + 3
= , x ∈ D.
3x + 5
3 2 3 2
We have fˆ∧∧ : [0, ∞) → , . If y ∈ , , then
5 3 5 3
2x + 3
=y or
3x + 5
2x + 3 = y(3x + 5), or
x(2 − 3y) = 5y − 3, or
5y − 3
x= ∈ [0, ∞),
2 − 3y
2x1 + 3 2x2 + 3
= iff
3x1 + 5 3x2 + 5
x1 = x2 .
338 7 Iso-Functions
3 2 3 2
Hence, fˆ∧∧ : [0, ∞) → , is an iso-injection. Therefore fˆ∧∧ : [0, ∞) → , is
5 3 5 3
an iso-bijection. Also,
5y − 3 3 2
fˆ∧∧−1 (y) = , y∈ , .
3 − 2y 5 3
= x2 + 3x ∈ D for x ∈ D.
Then
= f x2 + 3x
= x2 + 3x, x ∈ D,
√
∧ −3 + 9 + 4y
and f : D → D. Let y ∈ D. Then x = ∈ D and
2
√ 2 √
−3 + 9 + 4y −3 + 9 + 4y
f ∧ (x) = +3
2 2
√ √
9 − 6 9 + 4y + 9 + 4y −9 + 3 9 + 4y
= +
4 2
√ √
9 − 3 9 + 4y −9 + 3 9 + 4y
= +y+
2 2
= y.
7.2 Iso-Bijection, Iso-Injection and Iso-Surjection 339
x1 = x2 .
= x,
y1 = y2 .
Definition 7.8. Let â ∈ F̂RT̂1 and fˆ, ĝ be an iso-function of the first, second, third,
fourth or fifth kind. Then we define
1
1. â× ˆ fˆ = a T̂1 fˆ = a fˆ,
T̂1
a ˆ
2. â fˆ = f.
T̂1
Example 7.21. Let D = R, T̂1 = 3, f (x) = x, g(x) = 2x + 1, T̂ (x) = x2 + 2, x ∈ D.
Then
xT̂ (x) = x x2 + 2
= x3 + 2x ∈ D,
x x
= 2 ∈D for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) x +2
Hence,
= f x3 + 2x
= x3 + 2x,
∨ x
g (x) = g
T̂ (x)
x
=g 2
x +2
2x
= + 1,
x2 + 2
ˆ f ∧ (x) = 2 f ∧ (x)
2̂×
= 2 x3 + 2x
7.3 Operations with Iso-Functions 341
= 2x3 + 4x,
4 ∨
4̂g∨ (x) = g (x)
3
4 2x
= + 1
3 x2 + 2
8x 4
= + ,
3x2 + 6 3
4 8x
ˆ f ∧ (x) + 4̂g∨ (x) = 2x3 + 4x +
2̂× + , x ∈ D.
3 3x2 + 6
Example 7.22. Let D = [3, ∞), T̂1 = 4, f (x) = x2 , g(x) = x3 , T̂ (x) = x, x ∈ D. Then
Hence,
f xT̂ (x)
fˆ∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
f x2
=
T̂ (x)
x4
=
x
= x3 ,
= 7x3 ,
3g(x) = 3x3 ,
= 10x3 , x ∈ D.
Example 7.23. Let D = [0, 1], T̂1 = 5, f (x) = x, g(x) = x2 , T̂ (x) = x + 1, x ∈ D. Then
x x
= ∈D for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) x + 1
342 7 Iso-Functions
Hence,
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x
= ,
x+1
x
g T̂ (x)
ĝ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x
g x+1
=
x+1
x2
(x+1)2
=
x+1
x2
= ,
(x + 1)3
2x
2̂ fˆ∧ (x̂) = ,
5(x + 1)
2x x2
2̂ fˆ∧ (x̂) + ĝ (x̂) = +
5(x + 1) (x + 1)3
2x x2 + 2x + 1 + 5x2
=
5(x + 1)3
2x3 + 9x2 + 2x
= , x ∈ D.
5(x + 1)3
Solution. 1. We have
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
7.3 Operations with Iso-Functions 343
x−1
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
2. We have
g(x)
ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x+1
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
3. We have
x−1
ˆ fˆ∧ (x̂) = 2
2̂× , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
4. We have
1 g(x)
3̂ĝ∧ (x̂) = 3
3 T̂ (x)
x+1
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
5. We have
x−1 x+1
ˆ fˆ∧ (x̂) − 3̂ĝ∧ (x̂) = 2
2̂× − 2
2
x +1 x +1
2x − 2 − x − 1
=
x2 + 1
x−3
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
Let â, b̂ ∈ F̂RT̂1 , fˆ, ĝ and ĥ be iso-functions of the first, second, third, fourth or fifth
kind, defined on the same set D. Then we have the following properties.
1. fˆ + ĝ = ĝ + ˆ
f.
ˆf + ĝ + ĥ = fˆ + ĝ + ĥ.
2.
ˆ fˆ = â׈ fˆ + b̂× ˆ fˆ.
3. â + b̂ ×
â + b̂ fˆ = â fˆ + b̂ fˆ.
4.
344 7 Iso-Functions
ˆ fˆ + ĝ = â× ˆ fˆ + â×
5. â× ˆ ĝ.
6. â fˆ + ĝ = â fˆ + âĝ.
Definition 7.9. Let fˆ and ĝ be iso-functions of the first, second, third, fourth or fifth
kind, defined on the same set D. Then we define iso-multiplication as follows
fˆ×
ˆ ĝ = f˜T̂ g̃.
In particular,
fˆ2 = fˆ fˆ,
fˆ3 = fˆ2 fˆ
= fˆ fˆ fˆ,
..
.
fˆ2̂ = fˆ×
ˆ fˆ,
fˆ3̂ = fˆ×
ˆ fˆ2̂
= fˆ×
ˆ fˆ×
ˆ fˆ,
..
. .
f (x)g(x)
fˆ∧ (x̂)×
ˆ ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
(x2 − x)(x − 3)
=
x2 + 1
x3 − 4x2 + 3x
= ,
x2 + 1
f (x)g(x)
fˆ∧ (x̂)ĝ∧ (x̂) =
(T̂ (x))2
7.3 Operations with Iso-Functions 345
(x2 − x)(x − 3)
=
(x2 + 1)2
x3 − 4x2 + 3x
= ,
(x2 + 1)2
( f (x))2
fˆ2 (x̂) =
(T̂ (x))2
(x2 − x)2
= ,
(x2 + 1)2
( f (x))2
fˆ2̂ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
(x2 − x)2
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
Solution. 1. We have
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
ˆ
T (x)
= (x − 2)ex , x ∈ D.
2. We have
g(x)
ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
= (2x + 1)ex , x ∈ D.
3. We have
f (x)
ˆ fˆ∧ (x̂) = 2
2̂×
T̂ (x)
= 2(x − 2)ex
346 7 Iso-Functions
= (2x − 4)ex , x ∈ D,
3 g(x)
3̂ĝ∧ (x̂) =
2 T̂ (x)
3
= (2x + 1)ex
2
3 x
= 3x + e,
2
2 ( f (x))2
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
(T̂ (x))2
= (x − 2)2 e2x
= x2 − 4x + 4 e2x ,
1 f (x)g(x)
2̂ fˆ∧ (x̂)×
ˆ ĝ∧ (x̂) = 2
2 T̂ (x)
= (x − 2)(2x + 1)ex
= 2x2 − 3x − 2 ex ,
f (x)g(x)
fˆ∧ (x̂)ĝ∧ (x̂) =
(T̂ (x))2
= (x − 2)(2x + 1)e2x
= 2x2 − 3x − 2 e2x ,
2̂ (g(x))2
ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
= (2x + 1)2 ex
= 4x2 + 4x + 1 ex ,
x ∈ D.
Then
7.3 Operations with Iso-Functions 347
3 x
A = (2x − 4) ex + 3x + e + x2 − 4x + 4 e2x + 2x2 − 3x − 2 ex
2
2 7 x
e + −x2 − x + 6 e2x ,
= 6x + 6x − x ∈ D.
2
Let fˆ, ĝ and ĥ be iso-functions of the first, second, third, fourth or fifth kind with
the same domain D. Then
1. fˆ× ˆ ĝ = ĝ× ˆ fˆ.
2. ˆf ĝ = ĝ fˆ.
fˆ× ˆ ĥ = fˆ×
3. ˆ ĝ× ˆ ĝ × ˆ ĥ.
fˆ× ˆ ĝĥ = fˆ×
4. ˆ ĝ ĥ.
fˆ ĝĥ = fˆĝ ĥ.
5.
fˆ ĝ× ˆ ĥ = fˆĝ ×
6. ˆ ĥ.
ˆf ׈ ĝ + ĥ = fˆ× ˆ ĝ + fˆ×
7. ˆ ĥ.
ˆf ĝ + ĥ = fˆĝ + fˆĥ.
8.
Definition 7.10. Let fˆ and ĝ be iso-functions of the first, second, third, fourth or
fifth kind on D. Then iso-division of fˆ and ĝ we define as follows
1 f˜(x)
fˆ % ĝ(x) = , x ∈ D, g̃(x) 6= 0.
T̂ (x) g̃(x)
1
=
T̂ (x)
ˆ
= I(x), x ∈ D.
1 fˆ∧ (x̂)
fˆ∧ (x̂) % ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x) ĝ∧ (x̂)
f (x)
1 T̂ (x)
= g(x)
T̂ (x)
T̂ (x)
1 f (x)
=
T̂ (x) g(x)
1 x
=
x2 + 1 2x − 1
x 1
= , x 6= , x ∈ D,
(x2 + 1)(2x − 1) 2
1 fˆ∧ (x̂)
fˆ∧ (x̂) % ĝ∧ (x) =
T̂ (x) ĝ∧ (x)
f (x)
1 T̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x) g(xT̂ (x))
T̂ (x)
1 f (x)
=
T̂ (x) g(xT̂ (x))
1 x
=
x2 + 1 g((x2 + 1)x)
x
=
(x2 + 1)g(x3 + x)
x
= , 2x3 + x − 1 6= 0, x ∈ D.
(x2 + 1)(2x3 + 2x − 1)
1 f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) % ĝ∧ (x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(x)
1 fˆ∧ (x̂)
fˆ∧ (x̂) % ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x) ĝ∧ (x̂)
f (x)
1 T̂ (x)
= g(x)
T̂ (x)
T̂ (x)
1 f (x)
= .
T̂ (x) g(x)
Exercise 7.23. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
1 f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) % ĝ∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(xT̂ (x))
x
Exercise 7.24. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Prove
1 f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) % ĝ(x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g x
T̂ (x)
Exercise 7.25. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
1 f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) % g∧ (x) = 2 for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(xT̂ (x))
Exercise 7.26. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
1 f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) % ĝ∧ (x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(x)
Exercise 7.27. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
1 f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) % ĝ∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(xT̂ (x))
x
Exercise 7.28. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for
T̂ (x)
every x ∈ D. Prove
1 f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) % ĝ(x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g x
T̂ (x)
Exercise 7.29. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
1 f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) % g∧ (x) = 2
for any x ∈ D.
(T̂ (x)) g(xT̂ (x))
350 7 Iso-Functions
x
Exercise 7.30. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Prove
x
1 f T̂ (x)
fˆ(x̂) % ĝ∧ (x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(x)
x
Exercise 7.31. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for
T̂ (x)
every x ∈ D. Prove
x
1 f T̂ (x)
fˆ(x̂) % ĝ∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(xT̂ (x))
x
Exercise 7.32. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Prove
x
1 f T̂ (x)
fˆ(x̂) % ĝ(x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g x
T̂ (x)
x
Exercise 7.33. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for
T̂ (x)
every x ∈ D. Prove
x
1 f T̂ (x)
fˆ(x̂) % g∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
(T̂ (x))2 g(xT̂ (x))
Exercise 7.34. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
f (xT̂ (x))
f ∧ (x) % ĝ∧ (x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
g(x)
Exercise 7.35. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
f (xT̂ (x))
f ∧ (x) % ĝ∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
g(xT̂ (x))
x
Exercise 7.36. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for
T̂ (x)
every x ∈ D. Prove
f (xT̂ (x))
f ∧ (x) % ĝ(x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
x
g T̂ (x)
Exercise 7.37. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
Prove
7.3 Operations with Iso-Functions 351
1 f (xT̂ (x))
f ∧ (x) % g∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g(xT̂ (x))
x
Exercise 7.38. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Prove
x
f T̂ (x)
f ∨ (x) % ĝ∧ (x̂) = for any x ∈ D.
g(x)
x
Exercise 7.39. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, , xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every
T̂ (x)
x ∈ D. Prove
x
f T̂ (x)
f ∨ (x) % ĝ∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
g xT̂ (x)
x
Exercise 7.40. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Prove
x
f T̂ (x)
f ∨ (x) % ĝ(x)
ˆ = for any x ∈ D.
x
g T̂ (x)
x
Exercise 7.41. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, , xT̂ (x) ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every
T̂ (x)
x ∈ D. Prove
x
1 f T̂ (x)
f ∨ (x) % g∧ (x) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g xT̂ (x)
x
Exercise 7.42. Let f , g, T̂ : D → R, T̂ (x) > 0, ∈ D, g(x) 6= 0 for every x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Prove
x
1 T̂ (x)
f
∨ ∨
f (x) % g (x) = for any x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) g x
T̂ (x)
f (x) 1 x
+ = , x ∈ D,
T̂ (x) 2 T̂ (x)
or
352 7 Iso-Functions
x 1 x
+ = , x ∈ D.
T̂ (x) 2 T̂ (x)
1
From here, = 0, which is impossible. Consequently there is not such isotopic
2
element T̂ (x).
Exercise 7.44. Let D = R, T̂1 = 2, f (x) = x, x ∈ D. Find T̂ (x), x ∈ D, such that
2̂
fˆ∧ (x̂) = x2 (x2 + 1).
( f (x))2
= x2 (x2 + 1), x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
or
x2
= x2 (x2 + 1), x ∈ D.
T̂ (x)
Hence,
1
T̂ (x) = , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
Exercise 7.45. Let D = R, T̂1 = 3, f (x) = x, x ∈ D. Find T̂ (x), x ∈ D, so that
fˆ∧ (x) = x.
f (T̂ (x)x)
= x, x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
or
T̂ (x)x
= x, x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
or
x = x, x ∈ D.
Consequently every positive function T̂ on D will satisfy the given equation.
Exercise 7.46. Let D = R, T̂1 = 8, f (x) = x2 , x ∈ D. Find T̂ (x), x ∈ D, so that
f (T̂ (x)x)
= x2 (x6 + x3 + 1), x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
or
7.4 Composition of Iso-Functions 353
(T̂ (x))2 x2
= x2 (x6 + x3 + x), x ∈ D,
T̂ (x)
or
T̂ (x)x2 = x2 (x6 + x3 + 1), x ∈ D.
Therefore
T̂ (x) = x6 + x3 + 1, x ∈ D.
Definition 7.11. Let fˆ and ĝ be iso-functions of the first, second, third, fourth or
fifth kind. Suppose that ĝ : D1 → R and fˆ : D2 → R.
1. If T̂ ĝ : D1 → D2 , we define iso-composition of the first kind of fˆ and ĝ in the
following manner.
∧
fˆ (ĝ) (x) = fˆ T̂ (x)ĝ(x) ,
x ∈ D1 .
1
2. If ĝ : D1 → D2 , we define iso-composition of the second kind of fˆ and ĝ in the
T̂
following manner.
∨ 1
fˆ (ĝ) (x) = fˆ ĝ(x) , x ∈ D1 .
T̂ (x)
= fˆ∧∧ (g(x))
f (g(x))
=
T̂ (g(x))
f (x)
=
T̂ (x)
x+1
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
x
g T̂ (x)
ˆ
ĝ(x) = ,
T̂ (x)
∧ ∨ 1 ˆ
ĝˆ (x) = f ∧
f ĝ(x)
T̂ (x)
x
1 g T̂ (x)
= f∧
T̂ (x) T̂ (x)
x
g T̂ (x)
= f∧ 2
T̂ (x)
x x
g T̂ (x) g T̂ (x)
= f 2 T̂ 2
T̂ (x) T̂ (x)
x x
x+1 − 1 x+1 − 1
= f T̂
(x + 1)2 (x + 1)3
1 1
= f − T̂ −
(x + 1)3 (x + 1)3
1 1
= f − − +1
(x + 1)3 (x + 1)3
1 − (x + 1)3
= f
(x + 1)6
7.4 Composition of Iso-Functions 355
2
1 − (x + 1)3
= , x ∈ D.
(x + 1)12
2 3
D = [0, ∞), T̂1 = 2, T̂ (x) = x + 2, f (x) = x , g(x) = x , x ∈ D.
Let
Example 7.28.
ˆ
We will find fˆ g∨ (x). We have
x
f
fˆˆ(x) =
T̂ (x)
T̂ (x)
x
f x+2
=
x+2
x2
= ,
(x + 2)3
x
g∨ (x) = g
T̂ (x)
x
=g
x+2
x3
= , x ∈ D.
(x + 2)3
Hence,
fˆˆ g∨ (x) = fˆˆ g∨ (x)
x3
= fˆ
(x + 2)3
x6
(x+2)6
= 3
x3
(x+2)3
+2
x6
(x+2)6
= 3
(x3 +2(x+2)3 )
(x+2)9
x6 (x + 2)3
=
(x3 + 2 (x3 + 6x2 + 12x + 8))3
356 7 Iso-Functions
x6 x3 + 6x2 + 12x + 8
=
(x3 + 2x3 + 12x2 + 24x + 16)3
x9 + 6x8 + 12x7 + 8x6
= , x ∈ D.
(3x3 + 12x2 + 24x + 16)3
Exercise 7.47. Let D = [0, ∞), T̂1 = 3, T̂ (x) = x + 1, f (x) = 2x, g(x) = 3x, x ∈ D.
1. fˆˆ(x), x ∈ D.
2. g∨ (x), x ∈ D.
3. 4̂× ˆ fˆˆ(x) + 3g∨ (x), x ∈ D.
∨ ∨
4. f∧ g (x), x ∈ D.
fˆ(x) ≥ a, x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
= ,
x4 + 1
g(x)
ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x10 + 1
= , x ∈ D.
x4 + 1
fˆ(x) ≤ b, x ∈ D.
7.5 Bounded and Unbounded Iso-Functions 357
2 2 2
Example 7.30. Let D = R, T̂1 = 3, f (x) = e−x , g(x) = e2x , T̂ (x) = ex , x ∈ D. Then
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
2
e−x
= 2
ex
2
= e−2x ,
g(x)
ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
2
e2x
= 2
ex
2
= ex , x ∈ D.
Definition 7.14. An iso-function of the first, second, third, fourth or fifth kind will
be called bounded iso-function if it is bounded above and bounded below.
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x
= ,
x6 + 1
g(x)
ĝ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x7 + x
=
x6 + 1
= x, x ∈ D.
f (x) ≥ a for ∀x ∈ D.
=M
=M
fˆ(x̂) ≥ M for ∀x ∈ D.
=M
f ∧ (x) ≥ M for ∀x ∈ D.
≥a
=M
f ∨ (x) ≥ M for ∀x ∈ D.
≥a
=M
f (x) ≤ a for ∀x ∈ D.
=M
=M
=M
f ∧ (x) ≤ M for ∀x ∈ D.
≤a
=M
f ∨ (x) ≤ M for ∀x ∈ D.
≤a
=M
≤a
7.6 Even and Odd Iso-Functions 365
≤a
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x2
= , x ∈ D,
x4 + 1
and since
x2 (−x)2
= , x ∈ D,
x4 + 1 (−x)4 + 1
we conclude that the considered iso-function of the first kind is an even iso-function
on D. Also, we have that f is an even function on D.
Example 7.33. Let D = R, T̂1 = 2, f (x) = x4 , T̂ (x) = 2 + sin x, x ∈ D. Then
f (−x) = (−x)4
366 7 Iso-Functions
= x4 for ∀x ∈ D,
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x2
= , x ∈ D.
2 + sin x
From here,
f (−x)
fˆ(−x̂) =
T̂ (−x)
x4
=
2 − sin x
Consequently the considered iso-function of the first kind is not an even iso-function
on D.
Exercise 7.48. Let D = R, T̂1 = 4, f (x) = x, T̂ (x) = 4 + cos x, x ∈ D. Check if the
corresponding iso-function of the first kind is an even iso-function on D.
Theorem 7.17. Let f , T̂ : D → Y be even functions. Then the corresponding iso-
functions of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth kind are even iso-functions.
Proof. Since f , T̂ : D → Y are even functions, we have
f (x) = f (−x),
Hence,
f (−x)
fˆ∧∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
f (x)
= ,
T̂ (x)
f −xT̂ (−x)
fˆ∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
f −xT̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x)
7.6 Even and Odd Iso-Functions 367
f xT̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x)
= fˆ∧ (x),
−x
f
fˆˆ(−x) =
T̂ (−x)
T̂ (−x)
x
f − T̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x)
x
f T̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x)
= fˆˆ(x),
= f −xT̂ (x)
= f xT̂ (x)
= f ∧ (x),
∨ −x
f (−x) = f
T̂ (−x)
x
= f −
T̂ (x)
x
= f
T̂ (x)
= f ∨ (x), x ∈ D.
f (x) = − f (−x),
Hence,
f (−x)
fˆ∧∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
f (x)
= ,
T̂ (x)
f −xT̂ (−x)
fˆ∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
f xT̂ (x)
=−
T̂ (x)
= − fˆ∧ (x),
−x
f
fˆˆ(−x) =
T̂ (−x)
T̂ (−x)
x
f T̂ (x)
=−
T̂ (x)
= − fˆˆ(x),
= f xT̂ (x)
= f ∧ (x),
−x
f ∨ (−x) = f
T̂ (−x)
x
= f
T̂ (x)
= f ∨ (x), x ∈ D.
f (x)
fˆ∧∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
x
= , x ∈ D.
x2 + 1
From here, the corresponding iso-function of the first kind is an odd iso-function.
f (x)
fˆ∧ (x̂) =
T̂ (x)
x2 + x + 1
= , x ∈ D.
x4 + 1
From here,
(−x)2 − x + 1 x2 − x + 1
= , x ∈ D.
(−x)4 + 1 x4 + 1
Therefore the corresponding iso-function of the first kind is not an even iso-function
on D and it is not an odd iso-function on D.
Proof. We have
f (x) = − f (−x),
Hence,
f (−x)
fˆ∧∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
370 7 Iso-Functions
f (x)
=−
T̂ (x)
= − fˆ∧∧ (x),
f −xT̂ (−x)
fˆ∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
f −xT̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x)
f xT̂ (x)
=−
(x)
= − fˆ∧ (x),
−x
f
fˆˆ(−x) =
T̂ (−x)
T̂ (−x)
x
f − T̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x)
x
f T̂ (x)
=−
T̂ (x)
= − fˆˆ(x),
= f −xT̂ (x)
= − f xT̂ (x)
= − f ∧ (x),
∨ −x
f (−x) = f
T̂ (−x)
x
= f −
T̂ (x)
7.6 Even and Odd Iso-Functions 371
x
= −f
T̂ (x)
= − f ∨ (x), x ∈ D.
f (x) = f (−x),
Hence,
f (−x)
fˆ∧∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
f (x)
=− ,
T̂ (x)
f −xT̂ (−x)
fˆ∧ (−x) =
T̂ (−x)
f xT̂ (x)
=−
T̂ (x)
= − fˆ∧ (x),
−x
f
fˆˆ(−x) =
T̂ (−x)
T̂ (−x)
x
f T̂ (x)
=−
T̂ (x)
= − fˆˆ(x),
= f ∧ (x),
∨ −x
f (−x) = f
T̂ (−x)
x
= f
T̂ (x)
= f ∨ (x), x ∈ D.
f (T̂ (x)x)
fˆ∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
(xT̂ (x))2 + 1
=
T̂ (x)
1
= x2 T̂ (x) +
T̂ (x)
1
= x2 (x4 + 1) + .
x4 + 1
Therefore the corresponding iso-function of the second kind is an even iso- function.
xT̂ (x)
=
T̂ (x)
= x.
f (xT̂ (x))
fˆ∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
xT̂ (x) + 1
=
T̂ (x)
1
= x+
T̂ (x)
= x + e−x ,
= −x + ex .
From here, we conclude that the considered iso-function of the second kind is not
an even iso-function and it is not an odd iso-function.
fˆ(x + w) = fˆ(x), x ∈ D.
f (x + 2π)
fˆ∧ (x\
+ 2π) =
T̂ (x + 2π)
sin(x + 2π)
=
2 + sin2 (x + 2π)
374 7 Iso-Functions
sin x
=
2 + sin2 x
= fˆ∧ (x̂)
for every x ∈ D. Consequently the considered iso-function of the first kind is a 2π-
periodic iso-function.
fˆ∧ (x[
+ w) = fˆ∧ (x̂),
we get
f (x + w) f (x)
= for ∀x ∈ D
T̂ (x + w) T̂ (x)
or
1 1
= for ∀x ∈ D.
2 + (x + w)2 2 + x2
From here,
(x + w)2 = x2 for ∀x ∈ D,
which is impossible. Therefore the considered iso-function of the first kind is not a
periodic iso-function.
p = w1 k = w2 l
f (x + p) = f (x + wl l)
= f (x + w1 )
= f (x) for ∀x ∈ R.
7.7 Periodic Iso-Functions 375
T̂ (x + p) = T̂ (x + w2 l)
= T̂ (x + w2 )
= T̂ (x) for ∀x ∈ R.
From here,
f (x + p) f (x)
= for ∀x ∈ R.
T̂ (x + p) T̂ (x)
Consequently the considered iso-function of the first kind is a p - periodic iso-
function. This completes the proof.
Theorem 7.22. Let f : R → R be a w1 - periodic function, w1 > 0, g : R → R be a
w2 -periodic function, w2 > 0, and T̂ : R → R be a positive w3 - periodic function,
w3 > 0. If there exist k, l, m ∈ N such that
p = w1 k = w2 l = w3 m,
then
fˆ∧∧ ± ĝ∧∧ , fˆ∧∧ ×
ˆ ĝ∧∧ , fˆ∧∧ ĝ∧∧ , fˆ∧∧ % ĝ∧∧
are p-periodic iso-functions.
Proof. Since f , g, T̂ : R → R are w1 , w2 and w3 - periodic functions, respectively,
then
f (x) = f (x + w1 )
= f (x + kw1 )
= f (x + p),
g(x) = g(x + w2 )
= g(x + lw2 )
= g(x + p),
T̂ (x) = T̂ (x + w3 )
= T̂ (x + mw3 )
376 7 Iso-Functions
= T̂ (x + p)
f (x) g(x)
fˆ∧∧ (x) ± ĝ∧∧ (x) = ±
T̂ (x) T̂ (x)
f (x + p) g(x + p)
= ±
T̂ (x + p) T̂ (x + p)
f (x)g(x)
fˆ∧∧ (x)×
ˆ ĝ∧∧ (x) =
T̂ (x)
f (x + p)g(x + p)
=
T̂ (x + p)
= fˆ∧∧ (x + p)×
ˆ ĝ∧∧ (x + p),
f (x)g(x)
fˆ∧∧ (x)ĝ∧∧ (x) =
T̂ 2 (x)
f (x + p)g(x + p)
=
T̂ 2 (x + p)
f (x)g(x)
fˆ∧∧ (x) % ĝ∧∧ (x) =
T̂ 3 (x)
f (x + p)g(x + p)
=
T̂ 3 (x + p)
= fˆ∧∧ (x + p) % ĝ∧∧ (x + p)
Definition 7.18. We will say that an iso-function of the first, second, third, fourth or
fifth kind is monotonic if it is either entirely increasing or decreasing.
1
Example 7.40. Let D = [0, ∞), T̂1 = 2, T̂ (x) = x2 + 1, f (x) = , x ∈ D. Let also,
x+1
x1 , x2 ∈ D, x1 ≥ x2 . Then
f (x1 )
fˆ∧ (x̂1 ) =
T̂ (x1 )
1
=
(x1 + 1) x12 + 1
1
≤
(x2 + 1) x22 + 1
f (x2 )
=
T̂ (x2 )
= fˆ∧ (x̂2 ).
Hence,
f (x1 )
fˆ∧∧ (x1 ) =
T̂ (x1 )
f (x2 )
≤
T̂ (x2 )
= fˆ∧∧ (x2 ).
Hence,
f (x1 )
fˆ∧∧ (x1 ) =
T̂ (x1 )
f (x2 )
≥
T̂ (x2 )
= fˆ∧∧ (x2 ).
Hence,
1 1
≥ and f x1 T̂ (x1 ) ≥ f x2 T̂ (x2 ) .
T̂ (x1 ) T̂ (x2 )
Therefore
f x1 T̂ (x1 )
fˆ∧ (x1 ) =
T̂ (x1 )
f x2 T̂ (x2 )
≥ .
T̂ (x2 )
Hence,
7.8 Monotonic Iso-Functions 379
x1
f
fˆˆ(x1 ) =
T̂ (x1 )
T̂ (x1 )
x2
f T̂ (x2 )
≤
T̂ (x2 )
= fˆˆ(x2 ).
Hence,
f ∧ (x1 ) = f x1 T̂ (x1 )
≤ f x2 T̂ (x2 )
= f ∧ (x2 ).
Hence,
f ∧ (x1 ) = f x1 T̂ (x1 )
≥ f x2 T̂ (x2 )
= f ∧ (x2 ).
Hence,
∨ x1
f (x1 ) = f
T̂ (x1 )
x2
≤ f
T̂ (x2 )
= f ∨ (x2 ).
Hence,
x1
f ∨ (x1 ) = f
T̂ (x1 )
x2
≥ f
T̂ (x2 )
= f ∨ (x2 ).
2. fˆ∧ .
3. fˆˆ.
4. f ∧.
5. f ∨.
Problem 7.12. Let D = R, T̂1 = 3, f (x) = 3 + sin x + cos2 x, T̂1 (x) = 4 + cos2 (3x),
x ∈ D. Check if fˆ∧∧ is a periodic iso-function.
A\B,
\
20 Bounded Set of Iso-Real Numbers, 317
A B, 14
[
A B, 10 Complement of a Set, 27
A4B, 14, 29 Complex Conjugate of a Complex Number, 99
A,k , 283 Complex Number, 65
A j, , 283 Complex Vector Space, 136
CA, 27 Composition of Two Functions, 39
P(S), 8 Containment, 6
ℑz, 97
ℜz, 97 Decreasing Iso-Functions, 376
0,
/ 1 Degree of a Polynomial, 169
ker T , 242 Difference of Two Sets, 20
C, 65 Direct Sum, 148
F, 121 Division on C, 74
Fn , 122 Domain of Function, 37
Fm,n , 268
L (U,V ), 225 Empty Set, 1
P(F), 161 Even Iso-Function, 365
Pm (F, 169
z, 99 Finite-Dimensional Vector Space, 161
f : M → N, 37 Function, 37
jth Coordinate, 122 Fundamental Theorem of Linear Maps, 245
n-Tuple, 121
zm , 79 Identity Linear Map, 235
Image of a Set, 37
Absolute Value of a Complex Number, 99 Image of an Element, 37
Addition in Fn , 122 Imaginary Part of a Complex Number, 97
Addition of Iso-Functions, 340 Inclusion, 6
Addition on a Set, 135 Increasing Iso-Function, 376
Infimum of a Set of Iso-Real Numbers, 318
Basic Iso-Unit, 295 Infinite Intervals, 319
Bijective Map, 42 Infinite-Dimensional Vector Space, 169
Bounded Above Iso-Function, 356 Injective Map, 42
Bounded Above Set of Iso-Real Numbers, 317 Intersection of Sets, 14
Bounded Below Iso-Function, 356 Iso-Bijection, 335
Bounded Below Set of Iso-Real Numbers, 317 Iso-Composition of the First Kind, 353
Bounded Iso-Function, 357 Iso-Composition of the Second Kind, 353
383
384 Index